Upload
tourism-tattler
View
217
Download
2
Embed Size (px)
DESCRIPTION
In the July edition, we feature the Great White Shark under our Attractions section, provides the latest inbound travel and hotel occupancy statistics in the Business section and in celebration of Botswana's Okavango Delta listing by UNESCO on 22 June we publish a hyper-linked list of all World Heritage sites in Africa. Our Property Review this month features Hotel Verde in Cape Town, South Africa, who are definitely not apathetic when it comes to welcoming guests. Part 2 of our Wine Appreciation series delves deeper into wine knowledge with Labels, Styles and Viticulture. Under Marketing, we provide tips in how to create Brand Ambassadors and our Niche Tourism section looks at Voluntourism. We also have two great competitions in this edition and don't forget to post your comments online to win yet another prize.
Citation preview
JULY 201402 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
For more information visit wwwsatsacomsatsa-conference-2014 Registration at wwweventsregistrationcozaeregindexphpeventid=92916amp
JULY 2014 03Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDITORIAL04 Accreditation06 Article Comments ATTRACTIONS09 South Africa Great White Sharks BUSINESS08 SATSA Market Intelligence Report COMPETITIONS06 Win a Coffee Table Book13 Win 1 of 5 iKhokha Card Readers24 Win a case of Rhinofields Pinotage CONSERVATION14 World Heritage Okavango Delta DESTINATIONS16 RETOSA TFCA - Great Mountains EDUCATION18 English Writing Tips
PUBLISHERTourism Tattler (Pty) LtdPO Box 891 Umhlanga Rocks 4320KwaZulu-Natal South AfricaCompany RegNo 200601525207Website wwwtourismtattlercom
EXECUTIVE EDITOR Des LangkildeTel +27 (0)32 815 0414 Cell +27 (0)82 374 7260Fax +27 (0)86 651 8080E-mail editortourismtattlercomSkype tourismtattler
Issue 07 (July) 2014
Disclaimer The Tourism Tattler is published by Tourism Tattler (Pty) Ltd and is the official trade journal of the Southern Africa Tourism Services Association (SATSA) The Tourism Tattler digital e-zine is distributed free of charge to bona fide tourism stakeholders Letters to the Editor are assumed intended for publication in whole or part and may therefore be used for such purpose The information provided and opinions expressed in this publication are provided in good faith and do not necessarily represent the opinions of Tourism Tattler (Pty) Ltd SATSA its staff and its production suppliers Advice provided herein should not be soley relied upon as each set of circumstances may differ Professional advice should be sought in each instance Neither Tourism Tattler (Pty) Ltd SATSA its staff and its production suppliers can be held legally liable in any way for damages of any kind whatsoever arising directly or indirectly from any facts or information provided or omitted in these pages or from any statements made or withheld or from supplied photographs or graphic images reproduced by the publication
Adv Louis NelAndre du ToitBelinda McLaughlinDr Maeve Maddox
Contents
HOSPITALITY20 Property Review Hotel Verde22 Africas Hospitality Growth24 Wine Soul of the Grape - Part 2 LEGAL27 lsquoPOPIrsquo Act - Part 14 MARKETING28 How to create Brand Ambassadors NICHE TOURISM29 Voluntourism PHOTOGRAPHY30 Focus Lighting amp Background RISK31 Managing Risk - Part 1 TRADE NEWS Visit our website for daily travel news
02 SATSA Conference 201407 SYNC Accounting amp Business Services07 SATIB Insurance Brokers08 World Travel Market-London09 White Shark Projects
EDITORIAL CONTRIBUTORS
MAGAZINE SPONSORS
11 British Airways12 iKhokha - Emerge Mobile19 Sports amp Events Tourism Exchange32 National Sea Rescue Institute (NSRI)
IN THIS ISSUE
13
Hospitality Property Review - Hotel Verde Cape Town South AfricaHospitality Property Review - Hotel Verde Cape Town South Africa
20
Kimberley Clare NansonKirsten BohleKwakye Donkor Lindiwe Magana
Martin Jansen van VuurenMwangi GithaluNancy Gard McGeheePeter Wickham
Competition Win 1 of 5 iKhokha mPOS Bank Card Payment Devices
BACK ISSUES httpissuucomsearchq=tourism+tattler
Apr 2013 May 2013 Jun 2013
Jul 2013 Aug 2013 Sep 2013
Oct 2013 Nov 2013 Dec 2013
MAGAZINE ADVERTISINGADVERTISING DIRECTOR Bev LangkildeTel +27 (0)32 815 0414 (0)31 813 5326Fax +27 (0)86 656 3860Cell +27 (0)71 224 9971E-mail bevtourismtattlercomSkype bevtourismtattler
SUBSCRIPTIONSwwwtourismtattlercomsubscribe
ONLINE ADVERTISINGBANNER ADSwwwtourismtattlercomadvertising_ratesTOURISM SUPPORT SERVICESwwwtourismtattlercomtourism-support-centerBUSINESS DIRECTORY LISTINGSwwwtourismtattlercombusiness-directory
Jan 2014
Conservation Botswanas Okavango Delta and other World Heritage Sites in AfricaConservation Botswanas Okavango Delta and other World Heritage Sites in Africa
14
Feb 2014 Mar 2014
Apr 2014 May 2014 Jun 2014
AccreditationThe African Travel amp Tourism Association (Atta)Tel +44 20 7937 4408 bull Email infoattatravel bull Website wwwattatravelMembers in 22 African countries and 37 worldwide use Atta to Network and collaborate with peers in African tourism Grow their online presence with a branded profile Ask and answer specialist questions and give advice and Attend key industry events
Official Travel Trade Journal and Media Partner to
The Green Expo - Sustain Our Planet Sandton Johannesburg - 10 - 12 April 2014Tel +27 (0)21 689 3262 bull Email infothegreenexpocoza bull Website wwwthegreenexpocozaThree City Events organisers of The Green Expo have noted the need for a generally accessible exhibition focusing on sustainability issues appealing to the homeowner as well as the business person It is with this in mind that The first Green Expo was held at the CTICC in November 2011 The success of this expo led to the launch of the Johannesburg Green Expo to be held in September at the Sandton Convention Centre
National Accommodation Association of South Africa (NAA-SA)Tel +2786 186 2272 bull Fax +2786 225 9858 bull Website wwwnaa-sacozaThe NAA-SA is a network of mainly smaller accommodation providers around South Africa ndash from BampBs in country towns offering comfortable personal service to luxurious boutique city lodges with those extra special touches ndash yoursquore sure to find a suitable place and at the same time feel confident that your stay at an NAA-SA memberrsquos establishment will meet your requirements
The Regional Tourism Organisation of Southern Africa (RETOSA)Tel +2711 315 24201 bull Fax +2711 315 2422 bull Website wwwretosacozaRETOSA is a Southern African Development Community (SADC) institution responsible for tourism growth and development RETOSArsquos aims are to increase tourist arrivals to the region through sustainable development improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing RETOSA Member States are Angola Botswana DR Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe
The Southern Africa Tourism Services Association (SATSA)Tel +2786 127 2872 bull Fax +2711 886 755 bull Website wwwsatsacomSATSA is a credibility accreditation body representing the private sector of the inbound tourism industry SATSA members are Bonded thus providing a financial guarantee against advance deposits held in the event of the involuntary liquidation of a SATSA member SATSA represents Transport providers Tour Operators Destination Management Companies Accommodation Suppliers Tour Brokers Adventure Tourism Providers Business Tourism Providers and Allied Tourism Services providers
Seychelles Hospitality amp Tourism Association (SHTA)Tel +248 432 5560 bull Fax +248 422 5718 bull Website wwwshtasc The Seychelles Hospitality and Tourism Association was created in 2002 when the Seychelles Hotel Association merged with the Seychelles Hotel and Guesthouse Association SHTArsquos primary focus is to unite all Seychelles industry stakeholders under one association in order to be better prepared to defend the interest of the industry and its sustainability as the pillar of the countryrsquos economy
World Travel Market London 2014Tel +44 (0)20 8910 7897 bull Email pollymagrawreedexpocouk bull Website wwwwtmlondoncomWorld Travel Market - London is the leading global event for the travel industry It is a vibrant must attend business-to-business event presenting a diverse range of destinations and industry sectors to UK and International travel professionals It is a unique opportunity for the whole global travel trade to meet network negotiate and conduct business Last years event attracted over 50000 attendees representing 186 countries WTM is the place to do business with 5000 international exhibitors
International Coalition of Tourism Partners (ICTP)Tel Haleiwa USA +1-808-566-9900 bull Cape Town South Africa (+27)-21-813-5811 bull Rio de Janeiro Brazil +5521 40428205 bull Germany +49 2102 1458477 bull London UK +44 20 3239 3300 bull Australia +61 2-8005 1444 bull HongKong China +852 8120 9450Email membertourismpartnersorg bull Website wwwtourismpartnersorgICTP is a travel and tourism coalition of global destinations committed to Quality Services and Green Growth ICTP advocates for sustainable aviation growth streamlined travel fair taxation and jobs
The Safari Awards 2014Tel +44 (0)1865 989280 bull Website wwwsafariawardscomWith nominations from over a thousand luxury travel professionals hundreds of readers of Tourism Tattler Conde Nast Traveller Brides and Travel Africa Magazine you can rest assured that any safari business nominated for a Safari Award is amongst the best in its genre Finalists are amongst the top 3 in Africa and the Safari Award Winners are unquestionably the best their reputation earned through excellence recognised by people who know what they are talking about
JULY 201404 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
cover storyThe private sector of South Africas travel trade needs a kick up its collective backside
I know Im generalising here but the industry seems to be suffering from a terminal case of apathy There are exceptions of course but I still find that many tourism establishments dont have a clue about what service excellence really means Either that or survival instinct has kicked in and they dont find the time for staff training and a concerted effort to make their guests feel welcome
The word Welcome literally means to receive with pleasure and hospitality into ones company or home a welcome guest
The South African travel trade cant continue to point fingers at the public sector Sure the recent debacle concerning immigration regulations was unfortunate but the TBCSA and SATSA are addressing this issue It is encouraging to note that President Zumas State of the Nation Address specifically mentioned inter-governmentalbusiness relations and to create an enabling environment for the travel and tourism trade Certainly the National Department of Tourism and South African Tourism are playing their part
South African Tourisms consumer insights show that personalised and authentic experiences are what tourists to our destination increasingly seek They want to meet the real people of South Africa spend time with us eat the food we eat be part of our culturally rich lifestyle and feel welcomed
South African Tourisms Welcome Campaign launched in 2005 to encourage South Africans to be good hosts has a wealth of information and marketing resources that the travel trade can tap into
Visitors to the website (wwwwelcomesouthafricanet) can click on the knowledge centre and find content that provides insight into the needs and desires of Indian Chinese tourists videos that give insights on wine pairing and general wine etiquette and a video that helps you learn more about adventure tourists All this and much more is available for download
Also available on the website is the Welcome Toolkit which gives tools to assist in welcoming guests The toolkit includes Welcome letters
EDITORIAL
and gift ideas a Welcome video a Welcome corporate identity guide and Welcome logo downloads All these tools are available for free South African Tourism urges the trade to download and use these resources to their advantage
The Welcome website also offers numerous useful tips on how best to welcome visitors from all over the world More than 9000 people have already visited httpwelcomesouthafricanet and some have shared their stories about the little things they do to make a guest feel like South Africa is a home away from home South Africans are invited to share the little thing they do on the Welcome Wall and to get measured on the cool warm hot Welcome Result gauge
A monthly Welcome to our Family product and trade newsletter is distributed by South African Tourism Subscribe at httpsconfirmsubscriptioncomhyC333103A196AD20A
South African Tourism recently launched the SA Specialist Programme minus a knowledge resource on South Africa and its attractions aimed at selling the destination and enhancing earning potential The course is free and the study material required to pass the course can be found online at httpsaspecialistsouthafricanetzaen
In the July edition we feature the Great White Shark under our Attractions section provides the latest inbound travel and hotel occupancy statistics in the Business section and in celebration of Botswanas Okavango Delta listing by UNESCO on 22 June we publish a hyper-linked list of all World Heritage sites in Africa
Our Property Review this month features Hotel Verde in Cape Town who are definitely not apathetic when it comes to welcoming guests Part 2 of our Wine Appreciation series delves deeper into wine knowledge with Labels Styles and Viticulture
Under Marketing we provide tips in how to create Brand Ambassadors and our Niche Tourism section looks at Voluntourism
We also have two reader competitions in this edition and dont forget to post your comments online to win yet another prize
Enjoy your read
Yours in Tourism Des Langkilde
JULY 2014 05Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Cover image copy South African Tourism
Indaba 2014 ldquoWarmestrdquo Welcome Winner Milady Tshandu from African Eagle receiving an Apple iPad tablet prize from South African Tourism support personnel
HOSPITALITYTsogo Sun Develops Entrepreneurs
June 2014s article comments received on the Tourism Tattler website and Facebook pages
wwwlivingstonessupplycocoza
WinMama Lindis comment has been chosen as the prize winner for June 2014
Lindis prize of a IsoSteel Stainless Steel Flask will be delivered with the compliments of Livingstones Supply Co ndash Suppliers of the Finest Products to the Hospitality Industry
Editor
The Africa Diaries is a powerful first -person account of the Jouberts extraordinary work as wildlife researchers and conservationists They document their odyssey through passages culled from the pages of their field journals and over 130 stunning full-colour photographs giving readers a rare insight into their unusual lives in the African bush An illustrated memoir of life in the bush by Dereck and Beverly Joubert
JULY 201406 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
wwwtourismtattlercomtsogo-sun-develops-entrepreneurs
Submitted on 20140604 at 1103 am
Just want to congratulate you for the stunning job you are doing for SMErsquos in the tourism sector You are one of the kind I have started a tourism attraction of note in Orlando East Soweto so your contribution speaks to my heart With you around the is hope for South Africa
Mama Lindi Dlamini - Wozabona Cultural House
The winning comment posted on the Tattler website during the month of June 2014 will receive a copy of Derek and Beverley Jouberts
coffee table book The African Diaries with the compliments of Livingstones Supply Co ndash Suppliers of the Finest Products to the
Hospitality Industry
Article Comments
Congratulations to Lindi Dlamini
Connect with Livingstones on
Hospitality Industry
wwwtourismtattlercomporini-comments-on-kenya
Submitted on 20140613 at 657 am
Kenyarsquos cultural attractions datE back several hundred years in addition to a year-round tropical climate Great place and I also love it Felix - Wal-Mark Africa Safaris
TRADE NEWSWhy I Love Kenya
BUSINESSSo you want to be a Tour Operator
wwwtourismtattlercomso-you-want-to-be-a-tour-operator
Submitted on 20140617 at 1242 am
Irsquod like to receive more information on the Tour Operators Course offered in Cape Town Irsquod like to start a Tour Operating business once Irsquove completed this course I look forward to your response
Wilma Jungschlager
Submitted on 20140621 at 137 pm | In reply to Wilma Jungschlager
Hi Wilma SATSA will be doing a Tour Operator course in Cape Town from 25 ndash 29 August 2014 Read the article at httpwww
tourismtattlercomtour-operators-course-for-cape-town
Desmond Langkilde
bull bull
Livingstones Supply Co ndash
JULY 2014 07Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Our Value Contributing Services to CCs PTYs Trusts Sole Prop and Individuals
and more
Contact us for more information +27(11) 475 8422 | wwwsyncbscoza
Consulting bull Accounting Tax bull Payroll bull Secretarial
bull Business Consultingbull Outsourced Servicesbull Business Start-Up Secretarial amp Registrationsbull Bookkeeping Accounting amp Reporting bull Payroll bull Independent Reviews amp Accounting Officer Dutiesbull Auditingbull Tax Consulting amp Compliance bull BBBEE Consulting bull Sage Pastel Software Reseller
Everything my business needshellip
0505_PrintAd_SYNCBS(180X120)_Finindd 1 20140207 121 AM
World Travel Market Senior Director Simon Presspreviews WTM 2014
Whatrsquos new for WTM 2014WTM 2014 will be the best yet as World Travel Market celebrates its35th event This will be marked by extended opening hours to facilitateeven more business deals
Opening from 9am Monday ndash Thursday (previously 10am) WTMwill give exhibitors and buyers from WTM Buyersrsquo Club an extra houreach day to agree business deals
Furthermore the event will stay open for an extra two hours to 8pmon the Wednesday evening giving exhibitors the opportunity to hostWTM 35th event celebrations on their stands
How much business can exhibitors expect to conductWTM 2013 facilitated more than pound22 billion in industry deals ndashwith African exhibitors agreeing pound161 million in contracts Thisyear we expect even more business will be conducted by South Africanexhibitors and at the event in general One of the best ways forexhibitors to meet new buyers and sign deals is the WTM SpeedNetworking which takes place on Monday and Thursday mornings
What will the event programme look like at WTM 2014This year sees the introduction of a Spa and Wellness Programme tothe highly successful events programme There will be more than 100sessions covering a range of topics including aviation cruise socialmedia and responsible tourism WTM 2013 Events Programme has anattendance of more than 16000 ndash a 95 increase on WTM 2012
Which exhibitors should we look out forVISITFLANDERS - WTMrsquos Premier Partner - is commemorating the100th Anniversary of the Great War Brand USA has increased itspresence as part of its aim to hit 100m international visitors
Where can South African buyers and visitors register forWTM 2014Visit wwwwtmlondoncomregister
1
2
3
4
5
MORE THAN
PARTICIPANTS
ABOUT
8500 MEMBERS
generated atWTMreg 2013
pound22bn
50000
generated at
of newbusiness
attendees8500buyers
from 186 countries
A record
3 ndash 6 November 2014ExCeL London
Register nowwtmlondoncom
Official Partner
Official Media Partner
WTMreg
Means business
Advertorial Tourism Tattler_Layout 1 11062014 1057 Page 1
Great White Shark Attraction
In South Africa both tourists and locals are privileged to have access to great white sharks in abundance minus if one knows where to go when and with whom Booking with a professional and credible shark excursion service provider is essential to ensure that this once-in-a-lifetime experience is a safe and memorable oneOne such service provider is White Shark Projects located in Ganbaai who have set a bench mark for responsible tourism in the industry White Shark Projects have a philosophy that involves sharing the countrys natural and cultural riches whilst contributing positively to the preservation and growth of the local community and environment The company was founded in 1990 purely for research and conservation out of this the commercial arm was born Today the commercial arm is still funding various research and conservation projects White Shark Project are the financial partner to the South African Shark Conservancy whose research not only focuses on great whites but also on other shark species Their conservation and educational departments are enhanced by a volunteer programme White Shark Projects supports sustainable job creation and upliftment projects and fosters ecological awareness among surrounding communities The company is Fair Trade in Tourism accredited as well as bonded by the Southern Africa Tourism Services Association
For the adventurous traveller there is no greater adrenaline rush than
interacting with a great white shark in its own territory
JULY 2014 09Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
ATTRACTIONS
(SATSA) thus ensuring peace of mind that your clients are in capable accredited hands In addition White Shark Projects are covered by comprehensive public liability insurance underwritten by Lloyds of London Their primary focus at White Shark Projects is to educate and to address misconceptions which in turn will help lead to protection of the species The best season for Shark viewing Dyer Island is a good place to see sharks all year round So weather permitting White Shark Projects tours run daily however prime viewing time is in the South African winter months when the sharks have a
particularly active feeding pattern The following guide is based on observations over the past eight years Allow for an overlap between seasons Peak season April to October (99 success rate) Recommended High season November to December (90 ndash 99 success rate) Intermediate season January to March (80 ndash 90 success rate) Water temperatures vary between 12 and 20 degrees Celsius during peak and high season and between 10 and 16 degrees Celsius during intermediate season
For more information visit wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
+27 (0)28 384 1774 | bookingswhitesharkprojectscoza | wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
South Africa
JULY 201410 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
BUSINESS
The information below was extracted from data available as at 25 July 2014 By Martin Jansen van Vuuren of Grant Thornton
ARRIVALSThe latest available data from Statistics South Africa is for January to December 2013 (Note Stats SA recently revised data for Nov - Dec)
Current period Change over same period last year
UK 442 523 10
Germany 304 090 142
USA 348 646 67
India 112 672 55
China 151 847 147
Overseas Arrivals (excl same day visitors) 2 683 141 71
African Arrivals 6 913 783 39
Total Foreign Arrivals 9 616 964 47
NB African Arrivals plus Overseas Arrivals do not add up to Total Foreign Arrivals due to the exclusion of unspecified arrivals which cannot be allocated to either African or Overseas
HOTEL STATSThe latest available data from STR Global is for January to April 2014
Current period Average Room Average Room Revenue Per Available Occupancy (ARO) Rate (ARR) Room (RevPAR)
All Hotels in SA 628 R 1 072 R 672
All 5-star hotels in SA 664 R 1 947 R 1 292
All 4-star hotels in SA 622 R 1 003 R 624
All 3-star hotels in SA 624 R 817 R 510
Change over same period last year
All Hotels in SA 02 90 92
All 5-star hotels in SA 25 99 126
All 4-star hotels in SA -13 67 53
All 3-star hotels in SA 16 79 96
ACSA DATAThe latest available data from ACSA is for January to April 2014
Change over same period last year Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on International Flights Regional Flights Domestic Flights
OR Tambo International 13 66 -10
Cape Town International 68 82 21
King Shaka International 161 NA -41
BUSINESSBUSINESS
Market IntelligenceReport
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR MY BUSINESS
The data from STR Global indicates that room rates of hotels continue to improve across all grades of hotels but the occupancies seem to have stabilised So the same number of people are still arriving but they are paying more for their rooms
The data from ACSA indicates that domestic air travel is slowing down with declines in Johannesburg and Durban International air travel is also slowing to Johannesburg while Cape Town is achieving growth Durban is achieving strong growth off a low base
What this seems to mean for the tourism industry is that the number of tourist are not necessarily up in the first four months of the year but they are paying more for their stay so tourism revenues should be up
For more information contact Martin at Grant Thornton on +27 (0)21 417 8838 or visit httpwwwgtcoza
wersquore more than an airline
Itrsquos never been simpler to book your travel - with fl ights cars and hotels all available on
kululacom So whether yoursquove got a wedding in Warmbaths or a conference
in Calitzdorp wersquove got your trip across Mzansi covered Now thatrsquos full-on travel
KIN
GJA
MES
280
20
JULY 2014 11Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
JULY 201412 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
relevant app store (subject to FICA regulations) The proprietary iKhokha online portal removes much of the hassle that SMMEs would normally face when signing up with their bank through traditional channels Once paid for and approved the Edge is delivered to the merchant The solution is available to all businesses irrespective of their bank
Merchants pay a once-off cost of R98900 (incl VAT) for the Edge Chip amp PIN card reader and thereafter a flat 275 per transaction minus there are no hidden monthly fees iKhokha will also be offering a 24 month rental option for merchants looking to avoid an upfront cost
The Edge card reader is available in four coloursndash black white yellow and pinkndash and both the Edge and iKhokha mobile app are compatible with iPhone 4 upwards and most Android mobile devices
iKhokha will continue to expand its mobile service offering using the Edge device as the secure foundation on which to provide further innovation for all South African businesses
For more information visit wwwiKhokhacom
Facebook wwwfacebookcomikhokha
Twitter ikhokhasa
Instagram ikhokhasa
YouTube wwwyoutubecomikhokha
To enter this competition simply find the answer to the following question (the answer can be found in the text below) and visit the Tourism Tattler website at wwwtourismtattlercomp=13134
ldquoWhat does the iKhokha Edge do for a mobile phonerdquo
The first five correct entries drawn after the closing date of 28 July 2014 will each win one iKhokha Edge Chip amp PIN card reader complete with mobile application software download with the compliments of Emerge Mobile (TampCs apply - refer link)
The Edge a secure Chip amp PIN card reader that plugs into a smartphone and coupled with the iKhokha mobile app transforms the phone into a secure mobile Point of Sale (mPOS) terminal thus enabling merchants to process bank card payments ndash anywhere in South Africa
Using the Edge a wide range of South African businesses are also able to tender cash card and mobile transactions sell value-added services (such as airtime) and monitor and track sales performance and transactional history through the slick and easy to use Mobile App
Simplicity service and security are the three pillars on which the iKhokha ethos has been built The proudly South African developed and manufactured solution has been through an incredibly rigorous international testing process with regulatory bodies and card schemes to ensure world class security
To ldquoGet the Edgerdquo business owners simply apply via the website at wwwikhokhacom and then download the iKhokha app from the
WINNER OF THE THULA THULA FAMILY SAFARI GETAWAY COMPETITION FROM THE JUNE 2014 EDITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Geraint Piercey of African Twist Travel
Geraint has won a safari getaway consisting of 2 nights for two adults and two children sharing a Family Tent at the Luxury Tented Camp in Thula Thula Private Game Reserve The prize is on a full board basis and includes 2 Game Drives andor Guided Walking Safaris each day with the compliments of Thula Thula Private Game Reserve
wwwthulathulacom
Note Read the Terms and Conditions of this competition at wwwtourismtattlercomwp-contentimagesCompetition-July2014-TermsConditionspdf
1 of 5 iKhokha EdgemPOS Card Readers
WIN
C O M P E T I T I O N
JULY 2014 13Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
CONSERVATION
Botswanarsquos Okavango Delta became the 1000th site inscribed on the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) World Heritage List on 22 June This significant listing increases Africas
protected resources to 89 properties By Des Langkilde
World HeritageOkavango
Delta
JULY 201414 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
The Okavango was inscribed as a natural site by the World Heritage Committee which met in Doha (Qatar) on 22 June 2014
The Okavango Delta in northwest Botswana comprises permanent marshlands and seasonally flooded plains It is one of the very few major interior delta systems that do not flow into a sea or ocean with a wetland system that is almost intact
One of the unique characteristics of the site is that the annual flooding from the river Okavango occurs during the dry season with the result that the native plants and animals have synchronised their biological cycles with these seasonal rains and floods It is an exceptional example of the interaction between climatic hydrological and biological processes
The Okavango delta is home to some of the worldrsquos most endangered species of large mammal such as the cheetah white rhinoceros black rhinoceros African wild dog and lion The most populous large mammal is the lechwe antelope with more than 60000 It is a little larger than an impala with elongated hooves and a water repellent substance on their legs that enables rapid movement through knee deep water
For more information visit httpenwikipediaorgwikiOkavango_Delta
Why World Heritage Sites are important
What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application World Heritage sites belong to all the peoples of the world irrespective of the territory on which they are located
World Heritage status can bring enormous prestige to a site and help foster social cohesion and pride in a local community
It may help to promote the site internationally and attract new visitors if appropriate and encourages the highest quality standards for welcoming visitors and managing the site and can act as the focus for tourism and economic regeneration
It also means international accountability If a site is threatened it can be added to the List of World Heritage in Danger by the World Heritage Committee
To obtain World Heritage status sites have to be nominated by their government to the World Heritage Committee an intergovernmental body set up by UNESCO
The Committee meets once a year and decides on new inscriptions following an assessment by specialist international bodies ICOMOS for cultural sites and IUCN for natural sites
The film which is currently in production features the expedition of four entrepid explorers as they undertake a two month crossing of the Okavango River System in Mokoro dug-out canoes from the source in Angola all the way 1000 miles down the river through Namibiarsquos Caprivi Strip and into an untouched wilderness in the heart of the Okavango Delta in Botswana
The team consists of Dr Steven Boyes (Ornithologist) Dr Kirsten Wimberger (Primotologist) Chris Boyes (Marine Biologist) and Dr Karen Ross (Ecologist) Film director Neil Gelinas is contributing his extensive experience as Senior Producer for National Geographic
For more information visit wwwokavangofilmcom
Okavango film to advocate for a TrindashNation (AngolandashNamibiandashBotswana) World Heritage Site
CONSERVATION
JULY 2014 15Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Compared to the global number of World Heritage Sites (1007 total) Africa has 89 (9) with 48 Cultural 37 Natural and 4 Mixed properties Europe and North America have the highest at 479 (48) followed by Asia and the Pacific at 231 (23) Latin America and the Caribbean at 131(13) and the Arab States at 77 (8)
Albania Butrint Historic Centres of Berat and Gjirokastra
Algeria Al Qala of Beni Hammad Djeacutemila MZab Valley Tassili nAjjer Timgad Tipasa Kasbah of Algiers
Belize Belize Barrier Reef Reserve System
Benin Royal Palaces of Abomey
Botswana Tsodilo Okavango Delta
Burkina Faso Ruins of Loropeacuteni
Cabo Verde Cidade Velha Historic Centre of Ribeira Grande
Cameroon Dja Faunal Reserve Sangha Trinational
Central African Republic Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park Sangha Trinational
Chad Lakes of Ounianga
Congo Sangha Trinational
Cocircte dIvoire Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve Taiuml National Park Comoeacute National Park Historic Town of Grand-Bassam
Democratic Republic of the Congo Virunga National Park Kahuzi-Biega National Park Garamba National Park Salonga National Park Okapi Wildlife Reserve
Egypt Abu Mena Ancient Thebes with its Necropolis Historic Cairo Memphis and its Necropolis Nubian Monuments Saint Catherine Area Wadi Al-Hitan (Whale Valley)
Ethiopia Simien National Park Rock-Hewn Churches Lalibela Fasil Ghebbi Gondar Region Aksum Lower Valley of the Awash Lower Valley of the Omo Tiya Harar Jugol the Fortified Historic Town Konso Cultural Landscape
Gabon Cultural Landscape of Lopeacute-Okanda
Gambia Kunta Kinteh Island and Related Sites Stone Circles of Senegambia
Ghana Forts and Castles Volta Greater Accra Asante Traditional Buildings
Guinea Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve
Kenya Lake Turkana National Parks Mount Kenya National ParkNatural Forest Lamu Old Town Mijikenda Kaya Forests Fort Jesus Mombasa Kenya Lake System in the Great Rift Valley
Lesotho Maloti-Drakensberg Park
Madagascar Tsingy de Bemaraha Strict Nature Reserve Royal Hill of Ambohimanga Rainforests of the Atsinanana
Malawi Lake Malawi National Park Chongoni Rock-Art Area
Mali Timbuktu Old Towns of Djenneacute Cliff of Bandiagara (Land of the Dogons) Tomb of Askia
Mauritania Banc dArguin National Park Ouadane Chinguetti Tichitt and Oualata
Mauritius Aapravasi Ghat Le Morne Cultural Landscape
Morocco Medina of Fez Medina of Marrakesh Ksar of Ait-Ben-Haddou Historic City of Meknes Archaeological Site of Volubilis Medina of Teacutetouan Medina of Essaouira Portuguese City of Mazagan (El Jadida) Rabat Modern Capital and Historic City
Mozambique Island of Mozambique
Namibia Twyfelfontein Namib Sand Sea
Niger Air and Teacuteneacutereacute Natural Reserves W National Park of Niger Historic Centre of Agadez
Nigeria Sukur Cultural Landscape Osun-Osogbo Sacred Grove
Papua New Guinea Kuk Early Agricultural Site
Senegal Island of Goreacutee Niokolo-Koba National Park Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary Island of Saint-Louis Stone Circles of Senegambia Saloum Delta Bassari Fula amp Bedik Cultural Landscapes
Seychelles Aldabra Atoll Valleacutee de Mai Nature Reserve
South Africa Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa iSimangaliso Wetland Park Robben Island Maloti-Drakensberg Park Mapungubwe Cultural Landscape Cape Floral Region Protected Areas Vredefort Dome Richtersveld Cultural amp Botanical Landscape
Sudan Gebel Barkal amp Sites of the Napatan Region Archaeological Sites of Meroe Island
Tanzania Ngorongoro Conservation Area 29 Ruins of Kilwa Kisiwani amp Songo Mnara Serengeti National Park Selous Game Reserve Kilimanjaro National Park Stone Town of Zanzibar Kondoa Rock-Art Sites
Togo Koutammakou - Land of the Batammariba
Tunisia Amphitheatre of El Jem Archaeological Site of Carthage Medina of Tunis Ichkeul National Park Punic Town of Kerkuane amp its Necropolis Kairouan Medina of Sousse Dougga Thugga
Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Rwenzori Mountains National Park Tombs of Buganda Kings at Kasubi
Zambia Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls
Zimbabwe Mana Pools Sapi amp Chewore Safari Areas Great Zimbabwe National Monument Khami Ruins National Monument Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls Matobo Hills
Legend = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Sites in Danger = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Transboundary Property Citeria numbering of this property has changed See Decision 30COM 8D1
World HeritageSite List
Africa
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 2014 03Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDITORIAL04 Accreditation06 Article Comments ATTRACTIONS09 South Africa Great White Sharks BUSINESS08 SATSA Market Intelligence Report COMPETITIONS06 Win a Coffee Table Book13 Win 1 of 5 iKhokha Card Readers24 Win a case of Rhinofields Pinotage CONSERVATION14 World Heritage Okavango Delta DESTINATIONS16 RETOSA TFCA - Great Mountains EDUCATION18 English Writing Tips
PUBLISHERTourism Tattler (Pty) LtdPO Box 891 Umhlanga Rocks 4320KwaZulu-Natal South AfricaCompany RegNo 200601525207Website wwwtourismtattlercom
EXECUTIVE EDITOR Des LangkildeTel +27 (0)32 815 0414 Cell +27 (0)82 374 7260Fax +27 (0)86 651 8080E-mail editortourismtattlercomSkype tourismtattler
Issue 07 (July) 2014
Disclaimer The Tourism Tattler is published by Tourism Tattler (Pty) Ltd and is the official trade journal of the Southern Africa Tourism Services Association (SATSA) The Tourism Tattler digital e-zine is distributed free of charge to bona fide tourism stakeholders Letters to the Editor are assumed intended for publication in whole or part and may therefore be used for such purpose The information provided and opinions expressed in this publication are provided in good faith and do not necessarily represent the opinions of Tourism Tattler (Pty) Ltd SATSA its staff and its production suppliers Advice provided herein should not be soley relied upon as each set of circumstances may differ Professional advice should be sought in each instance Neither Tourism Tattler (Pty) Ltd SATSA its staff and its production suppliers can be held legally liable in any way for damages of any kind whatsoever arising directly or indirectly from any facts or information provided or omitted in these pages or from any statements made or withheld or from supplied photographs or graphic images reproduced by the publication
Adv Louis NelAndre du ToitBelinda McLaughlinDr Maeve Maddox
Contents
HOSPITALITY20 Property Review Hotel Verde22 Africas Hospitality Growth24 Wine Soul of the Grape - Part 2 LEGAL27 lsquoPOPIrsquo Act - Part 14 MARKETING28 How to create Brand Ambassadors NICHE TOURISM29 Voluntourism PHOTOGRAPHY30 Focus Lighting amp Background RISK31 Managing Risk - Part 1 TRADE NEWS Visit our website for daily travel news
02 SATSA Conference 201407 SYNC Accounting amp Business Services07 SATIB Insurance Brokers08 World Travel Market-London09 White Shark Projects
EDITORIAL CONTRIBUTORS
MAGAZINE SPONSORS
11 British Airways12 iKhokha - Emerge Mobile19 Sports amp Events Tourism Exchange32 National Sea Rescue Institute (NSRI)
IN THIS ISSUE
13
Hospitality Property Review - Hotel Verde Cape Town South AfricaHospitality Property Review - Hotel Verde Cape Town South Africa
20
Kimberley Clare NansonKirsten BohleKwakye Donkor Lindiwe Magana
Martin Jansen van VuurenMwangi GithaluNancy Gard McGeheePeter Wickham
Competition Win 1 of 5 iKhokha mPOS Bank Card Payment Devices
BACK ISSUES httpissuucomsearchq=tourism+tattler
Apr 2013 May 2013 Jun 2013
Jul 2013 Aug 2013 Sep 2013
Oct 2013 Nov 2013 Dec 2013
MAGAZINE ADVERTISINGADVERTISING DIRECTOR Bev LangkildeTel +27 (0)32 815 0414 (0)31 813 5326Fax +27 (0)86 656 3860Cell +27 (0)71 224 9971E-mail bevtourismtattlercomSkype bevtourismtattler
SUBSCRIPTIONSwwwtourismtattlercomsubscribe
ONLINE ADVERTISINGBANNER ADSwwwtourismtattlercomadvertising_ratesTOURISM SUPPORT SERVICESwwwtourismtattlercomtourism-support-centerBUSINESS DIRECTORY LISTINGSwwwtourismtattlercombusiness-directory
Jan 2014
Conservation Botswanas Okavango Delta and other World Heritage Sites in AfricaConservation Botswanas Okavango Delta and other World Heritage Sites in Africa
14
Feb 2014 Mar 2014
Apr 2014 May 2014 Jun 2014
AccreditationThe African Travel amp Tourism Association (Atta)Tel +44 20 7937 4408 bull Email infoattatravel bull Website wwwattatravelMembers in 22 African countries and 37 worldwide use Atta to Network and collaborate with peers in African tourism Grow their online presence with a branded profile Ask and answer specialist questions and give advice and Attend key industry events
Official Travel Trade Journal and Media Partner to
The Green Expo - Sustain Our Planet Sandton Johannesburg - 10 - 12 April 2014Tel +27 (0)21 689 3262 bull Email infothegreenexpocoza bull Website wwwthegreenexpocozaThree City Events organisers of The Green Expo have noted the need for a generally accessible exhibition focusing on sustainability issues appealing to the homeowner as well as the business person It is with this in mind that The first Green Expo was held at the CTICC in November 2011 The success of this expo led to the launch of the Johannesburg Green Expo to be held in September at the Sandton Convention Centre
National Accommodation Association of South Africa (NAA-SA)Tel +2786 186 2272 bull Fax +2786 225 9858 bull Website wwwnaa-sacozaThe NAA-SA is a network of mainly smaller accommodation providers around South Africa ndash from BampBs in country towns offering comfortable personal service to luxurious boutique city lodges with those extra special touches ndash yoursquore sure to find a suitable place and at the same time feel confident that your stay at an NAA-SA memberrsquos establishment will meet your requirements
The Regional Tourism Organisation of Southern Africa (RETOSA)Tel +2711 315 24201 bull Fax +2711 315 2422 bull Website wwwretosacozaRETOSA is a Southern African Development Community (SADC) institution responsible for tourism growth and development RETOSArsquos aims are to increase tourist arrivals to the region through sustainable development improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing RETOSA Member States are Angola Botswana DR Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe
The Southern Africa Tourism Services Association (SATSA)Tel +2786 127 2872 bull Fax +2711 886 755 bull Website wwwsatsacomSATSA is a credibility accreditation body representing the private sector of the inbound tourism industry SATSA members are Bonded thus providing a financial guarantee against advance deposits held in the event of the involuntary liquidation of a SATSA member SATSA represents Transport providers Tour Operators Destination Management Companies Accommodation Suppliers Tour Brokers Adventure Tourism Providers Business Tourism Providers and Allied Tourism Services providers
Seychelles Hospitality amp Tourism Association (SHTA)Tel +248 432 5560 bull Fax +248 422 5718 bull Website wwwshtasc The Seychelles Hospitality and Tourism Association was created in 2002 when the Seychelles Hotel Association merged with the Seychelles Hotel and Guesthouse Association SHTArsquos primary focus is to unite all Seychelles industry stakeholders under one association in order to be better prepared to defend the interest of the industry and its sustainability as the pillar of the countryrsquos economy
World Travel Market London 2014Tel +44 (0)20 8910 7897 bull Email pollymagrawreedexpocouk bull Website wwwwtmlondoncomWorld Travel Market - London is the leading global event for the travel industry It is a vibrant must attend business-to-business event presenting a diverse range of destinations and industry sectors to UK and International travel professionals It is a unique opportunity for the whole global travel trade to meet network negotiate and conduct business Last years event attracted over 50000 attendees representing 186 countries WTM is the place to do business with 5000 international exhibitors
International Coalition of Tourism Partners (ICTP)Tel Haleiwa USA +1-808-566-9900 bull Cape Town South Africa (+27)-21-813-5811 bull Rio de Janeiro Brazil +5521 40428205 bull Germany +49 2102 1458477 bull London UK +44 20 3239 3300 bull Australia +61 2-8005 1444 bull HongKong China +852 8120 9450Email membertourismpartnersorg bull Website wwwtourismpartnersorgICTP is a travel and tourism coalition of global destinations committed to Quality Services and Green Growth ICTP advocates for sustainable aviation growth streamlined travel fair taxation and jobs
The Safari Awards 2014Tel +44 (0)1865 989280 bull Website wwwsafariawardscomWith nominations from over a thousand luxury travel professionals hundreds of readers of Tourism Tattler Conde Nast Traveller Brides and Travel Africa Magazine you can rest assured that any safari business nominated for a Safari Award is amongst the best in its genre Finalists are amongst the top 3 in Africa and the Safari Award Winners are unquestionably the best their reputation earned through excellence recognised by people who know what they are talking about
JULY 201404 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
cover storyThe private sector of South Africas travel trade needs a kick up its collective backside
I know Im generalising here but the industry seems to be suffering from a terminal case of apathy There are exceptions of course but I still find that many tourism establishments dont have a clue about what service excellence really means Either that or survival instinct has kicked in and they dont find the time for staff training and a concerted effort to make their guests feel welcome
The word Welcome literally means to receive with pleasure and hospitality into ones company or home a welcome guest
The South African travel trade cant continue to point fingers at the public sector Sure the recent debacle concerning immigration regulations was unfortunate but the TBCSA and SATSA are addressing this issue It is encouraging to note that President Zumas State of the Nation Address specifically mentioned inter-governmentalbusiness relations and to create an enabling environment for the travel and tourism trade Certainly the National Department of Tourism and South African Tourism are playing their part
South African Tourisms consumer insights show that personalised and authentic experiences are what tourists to our destination increasingly seek They want to meet the real people of South Africa spend time with us eat the food we eat be part of our culturally rich lifestyle and feel welcomed
South African Tourisms Welcome Campaign launched in 2005 to encourage South Africans to be good hosts has a wealth of information and marketing resources that the travel trade can tap into
Visitors to the website (wwwwelcomesouthafricanet) can click on the knowledge centre and find content that provides insight into the needs and desires of Indian Chinese tourists videos that give insights on wine pairing and general wine etiquette and a video that helps you learn more about adventure tourists All this and much more is available for download
Also available on the website is the Welcome Toolkit which gives tools to assist in welcoming guests The toolkit includes Welcome letters
EDITORIAL
and gift ideas a Welcome video a Welcome corporate identity guide and Welcome logo downloads All these tools are available for free South African Tourism urges the trade to download and use these resources to their advantage
The Welcome website also offers numerous useful tips on how best to welcome visitors from all over the world More than 9000 people have already visited httpwelcomesouthafricanet and some have shared their stories about the little things they do to make a guest feel like South Africa is a home away from home South Africans are invited to share the little thing they do on the Welcome Wall and to get measured on the cool warm hot Welcome Result gauge
A monthly Welcome to our Family product and trade newsletter is distributed by South African Tourism Subscribe at httpsconfirmsubscriptioncomhyC333103A196AD20A
South African Tourism recently launched the SA Specialist Programme minus a knowledge resource on South Africa and its attractions aimed at selling the destination and enhancing earning potential The course is free and the study material required to pass the course can be found online at httpsaspecialistsouthafricanetzaen
In the July edition we feature the Great White Shark under our Attractions section provides the latest inbound travel and hotel occupancy statistics in the Business section and in celebration of Botswanas Okavango Delta listing by UNESCO on 22 June we publish a hyper-linked list of all World Heritage sites in Africa
Our Property Review this month features Hotel Verde in Cape Town who are definitely not apathetic when it comes to welcoming guests Part 2 of our Wine Appreciation series delves deeper into wine knowledge with Labels Styles and Viticulture
Under Marketing we provide tips in how to create Brand Ambassadors and our Niche Tourism section looks at Voluntourism
We also have two reader competitions in this edition and dont forget to post your comments online to win yet another prize
Enjoy your read
Yours in Tourism Des Langkilde
JULY 2014 05Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Cover image copy South African Tourism
Indaba 2014 ldquoWarmestrdquo Welcome Winner Milady Tshandu from African Eagle receiving an Apple iPad tablet prize from South African Tourism support personnel
HOSPITALITYTsogo Sun Develops Entrepreneurs
June 2014s article comments received on the Tourism Tattler website and Facebook pages
wwwlivingstonessupplycocoza
WinMama Lindis comment has been chosen as the prize winner for June 2014
Lindis prize of a IsoSteel Stainless Steel Flask will be delivered with the compliments of Livingstones Supply Co ndash Suppliers of the Finest Products to the Hospitality Industry
Editor
The Africa Diaries is a powerful first -person account of the Jouberts extraordinary work as wildlife researchers and conservationists They document their odyssey through passages culled from the pages of their field journals and over 130 stunning full-colour photographs giving readers a rare insight into their unusual lives in the African bush An illustrated memoir of life in the bush by Dereck and Beverly Joubert
JULY 201406 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
wwwtourismtattlercomtsogo-sun-develops-entrepreneurs
Submitted on 20140604 at 1103 am
Just want to congratulate you for the stunning job you are doing for SMErsquos in the tourism sector You are one of the kind I have started a tourism attraction of note in Orlando East Soweto so your contribution speaks to my heart With you around the is hope for South Africa
Mama Lindi Dlamini - Wozabona Cultural House
The winning comment posted on the Tattler website during the month of June 2014 will receive a copy of Derek and Beverley Jouberts
coffee table book The African Diaries with the compliments of Livingstones Supply Co ndash Suppliers of the Finest Products to the
Hospitality Industry
Article Comments
Congratulations to Lindi Dlamini
Connect with Livingstones on
Hospitality Industry
wwwtourismtattlercomporini-comments-on-kenya
Submitted on 20140613 at 657 am
Kenyarsquos cultural attractions datE back several hundred years in addition to a year-round tropical climate Great place and I also love it Felix - Wal-Mark Africa Safaris
TRADE NEWSWhy I Love Kenya
BUSINESSSo you want to be a Tour Operator
wwwtourismtattlercomso-you-want-to-be-a-tour-operator
Submitted on 20140617 at 1242 am
Irsquod like to receive more information on the Tour Operators Course offered in Cape Town Irsquod like to start a Tour Operating business once Irsquove completed this course I look forward to your response
Wilma Jungschlager
Submitted on 20140621 at 137 pm | In reply to Wilma Jungschlager
Hi Wilma SATSA will be doing a Tour Operator course in Cape Town from 25 ndash 29 August 2014 Read the article at httpwww
tourismtattlercomtour-operators-course-for-cape-town
Desmond Langkilde
bull bull
Livingstones Supply Co ndash
JULY 2014 07Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Our Value Contributing Services to CCs PTYs Trusts Sole Prop and Individuals
and more
Contact us for more information +27(11) 475 8422 | wwwsyncbscoza
Consulting bull Accounting Tax bull Payroll bull Secretarial
bull Business Consultingbull Outsourced Servicesbull Business Start-Up Secretarial amp Registrationsbull Bookkeeping Accounting amp Reporting bull Payroll bull Independent Reviews amp Accounting Officer Dutiesbull Auditingbull Tax Consulting amp Compliance bull BBBEE Consulting bull Sage Pastel Software Reseller
Everything my business needshellip
0505_PrintAd_SYNCBS(180X120)_Finindd 1 20140207 121 AM
World Travel Market Senior Director Simon Presspreviews WTM 2014
Whatrsquos new for WTM 2014WTM 2014 will be the best yet as World Travel Market celebrates its35th event This will be marked by extended opening hours to facilitateeven more business deals
Opening from 9am Monday ndash Thursday (previously 10am) WTMwill give exhibitors and buyers from WTM Buyersrsquo Club an extra houreach day to agree business deals
Furthermore the event will stay open for an extra two hours to 8pmon the Wednesday evening giving exhibitors the opportunity to hostWTM 35th event celebrations on their stands
How much business can exhibitors expect to conductWTM 2013 facilitated more than pound22 billion in industry deals ndashwith African exhibitors agreeing pound161 million in contracts Thisyear we expect even more business will be conducted by South Africanexhibitors and at the event in general One of the best ways forexhibitors to meet new buyers and sign deals is the WTM SpeedNetworking which takes place on Monday and Thursday mornings
What will the event programme look like at WTM 2014This year sees the introduction of a Spa and Wellness Programme tothe highly successful events programme There will be more than 100sessions covering a range of topics including aviation cruise socialmedia and responsible tourism WTM 2013 Events Programme has anattendance of more than 16000 ndash a 95 increase on WTM 2012
Which exhibitors should we look out forVISITFLANDERS - WTMrsquos Premier Partner - is commemorating the100th Anniversary of the Great War Brand USA has increased itspresence as part of its aim to hit 100m international visitors
Where can South African buyers and visitors register forWTM 2014Visit wwwwtmlondoncomregister
1
2
3
4
5
MORE THAN
PARTICIPANTS
ABOUT
8500 MEMBERS
generated atWTMreg 2013
pound22bn
50000
generated at
of newbusiness
attendees8500buyers
from 186 countries
A record
3 ndash 6 November 2014ExCeL London
Register nowwtmlondoncom
Official Partner
Official Media Partner
WTMreg
Means business
Advertorial Tourism Tattler_Layout 1 11062014 1057 Page 1
Great White Shark Attraction
In South Africa both tourists and locals are privileged to have access to great white sharks in abundance minus if one knows where to go when and with whom Booking with a professional and credible shark excursion service provider is essential to ensure that this once-in-a-lifetime experience is a safe and memorable oneOne such service provider is White Shark Projects located in Ganbaai who have set a bench mark for responsible tourism in the industry White Shark Projects have a philosophy that involves sharing the countrys natural and cultural riches whilst contributing positively to the preservation and growth of the local community and environment The company was founded in 1990 purely for research and conservation out of this the commercial arm was born Today the commercial arm is still funding various research and conservation projects White Shark Project are the financial partner to the South African Shark Conservancy whose research not only focuses on great whites but also on other shark species Their conservation and educational departments are enhanced by a volunteer programme White Shark Projects supports sustainable job creation and upliftment projects and fosters ecological awareness among surrounding communities The company is Fair Trade in Tourism accredited as well as bonded by the Southern Africa Tourism Services Association
For the adventurous traveller there is no greater adrenaline rush than
interacting with a great white shark in its own territory
JULY 2014 09Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
ATTRACTIONS
(SATSA) thus ensuring peace of mind that your clients are in capable accredited hands In addition White Shark Projects are covered by comprehensive public liability insurance underwritten by Lloyds of London Their primary focus at White Shark Projects is to educate and to address misconceptions which in turn will help lead to protection of the species The best season for Shark viewing Dyer Island is a good place to see sharks all year round So weather permitting White Shark Projects tours run daily however prime viewing time is in the South African winter months when the sharks have a
particularly active feeding pattern The following guide is based on observations over the past eight years Allow for an overlap between seasons Peak season April to October (99 success rate) Recommended High season November to December (90 ndash 99 success rate) Intermediate season January to March (80 ndash 90 success rate) Water temperatures vary between 12 and 20 degrees Celsius during peak and high season and between 10 and 16 degrees Celsius during intermediate season
For more information visit wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
+27 (0)28 384 1774 | bookingswhitesharkprojectscoza | wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
South Africa
JULY 201410 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
BUSINESS
The information below was extracted from data available as at 25 July 2014 By Martin Jansen van Vuuren of Grant Thornton
ARRIVALSThe latest available data from Statistics South Africa is for January to December 2013 (Note Stats SA recently revised data for Nov - Dec)
Current period Change over same period last year
UK 442 523 10
Germany 304 090 142
USA 348 646 67
India 112 672 55
China 151 847 147
Overseas Arrivals (excl same day visitors) 2 683 141 71
African Arrivals 6 913 783 39
Total Foreign Arrivals 9 616 964 47
NB African Arrivals plus Overseas Arrivals do not add up to Total Foreign Arrivals due to the exclusion of unspecified arrivals which cannot be allocated to either African or Overseas
HOTEL STATSThe latest available data from STR Global is for January to April 2014
Current period Average Room Average Room Revenue Per Available Occupancy (ARO) Rate (ARR) Room (RevPAR)
All Hotels in SA 628 R 1 072 R 672
All 5-star hotels in SA 664 R 1 947 R 1 292
All 4-star hotels in SA 622 R 1 003 R 624
All 3-star hotels in SA 624 R 817 R 510
Change over same period last year
All Hotels in SA 02 90 92
All 5-star hotels in SA 25 99 126
All 4-star hotels in SA -13 67 53
All 3-star hotels in SA 16 79 96
ACSA DATAThe latest available data from ACSA is for January to April 2014
Change over same period last year Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on International Flights Regional Flights Domestic Flights
OR Tambo International 13 66 -10
Cape Town International 68 82 21
King Shaka International 161 NA -41
BUSINESSBUSINESS
Market IntelligenceReport
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR MY BUSINESS
The data from STR Global indicates that room rates of hotels continue to improve across all grades of hotels but the occupancies seem to have stabilised So the same number of people are still arriving but they are paying more for their rooms
The data from ACSA indicates that domestic air travel is slowing down with declines in Johannesburg and Durban International air travel is also slowing to Johannesburg while Cape Town is achieving growth Durban is achieving strong growth off a low base
What this seems to mean for the tourism industry is that the number of tourist are not necessarily up in the first four months of the year but they are paying more for their stay so tourism revenues should be up
For more information contact Martin at Grant Thornton on +27 (0)21 417 8838 or visit httpwwwgtcoza
wersquore more than an airline
Itrsquos never been simpler to book your travel - with fl ights cars and hotels all available on
kululacom So whether yoursquove got a wedding in Warmbaths or a conference
in Calitzdorp wersquove got your trip across Mzansi covered Now thatrsquos full-on travel
KIN
GJA
MES
280
20
JULY 2014 11Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
JULY 201412 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
relevant app store (subject to FICA regulations) The proprietary iKhokha online portal removes much of the hassle that SMMEs would normally face when signing up with their bank through traditional channels Once paid for and approved the Edge is delivered to the merchant The solution is available to all businesses irrespective of their bank
Merchants pay a once-off cost of R98900 (incl VAT) for the Edge Chip amp PIN card reader and thereafter a flat 275 per transaction minus there are no hidden monthly fees iKhokha will also be offering a 24 month rental option for merchants looking to avoid an upfront cost
The Edge card reader is available in four coloursndash black white yellow and pinkndash and both the Edge and iKhokha mobile app are compatible with iPhone 4 upwards and most Android mobile devices
iKhokha will continue to expand its mobile service offering using the Edge device as the secure foundation on which to provide further innovation for all South African businesses
For more information visit wwwiKhokhacom
Facebook wwwfacebookcomikhokha
Twitter ikhokhasa
Instagram ikhokhasa
YouTube wwwyoutubecomikhokha
To enter this competition simply find the answer to the following question (the answer can be found in the text below) and visit the Tourism Tattler website at wwwtourismtattlercomp=13134
ldquoWhat does the iKhokha Edge do for a mobile phonerdquo
The first five correct entries drawn after the closing date of 28 July 2014 will each win one iKhokha Edge Chip amp PIN card reader complete with mobile application software download with the compliments of Emerge Mobile (TampCs apply - refer link)
The Edge a secure Chip amp PIN card reader that plugs into a smartphone and coupled with the iKhokha mobile app transforms the phone into a secure mobile Point of Sale (mPOS) terminal thus enabling merchants to process bank card payments ndash anywhere in South Africa
Using the Edge a wide range of South African businesses are also able to tender cash card and mobile transactions sell value-added services (such as airtime) and monitor and track sales performance and transactional history through the slick and easy to use Mobile App
Simplicity service and security are the three pillars on which the iKhokha ethos has been built The proudly South African developed and manufactured solution has been through an incredibly rigorous international testing process with regulatory bodies and card schemes to ensure world class security
To ldquoGet the Edgerdquo business owners simply apply via the website at wwwikhokhacom and then download the iKhokha app from the
WINNER OF THE THULA THULA FAMILY SAFARI GETAWAY COMPETITION FROM THE JUNE 2014 EDITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Geraint Piercey of African Twist Travel
Geraint has won a safari getaway consisting of 2 nights for two adults and two children sharing a Family Tent at the Luxury Tented Camp in Thula Thula Private Game Reserve The prize is on a full board basis and includes 2 Game Drives andor Guided Walking Safaris each day with the compliments of Thula Thula Private Game Reserve
wwwthulathulacom
Note Read the Terms and Conditions of this competition at wwwtourismtattlercomwp-contentimagesCompetition-July2014-TermsConditionspdf
1 of 5 iKhokha EdgemPOS Card Readers
WIN
C O M P E T I T I O N
JULY 2014 13Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
CONSERVATION
Botswanarsquos Okavango Delta became the 1000th site inscribed on the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) World Heritage List on 22 June This significant listing increases Africas
protected resources to 89 properties By Des Langkilde
World HeritageOkavango
Delta
JULY 201414 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
The Okavango was inscribed as a natural site by the World Heritage Committee which met in Doha (Qatar) on 22 June 2014
The Okavango Delta in northwest Botswana comprises permanent marshlands and seasonally flooded plains It is one of the very few major interior delta systems that do not flow into a sea or ocean with a wetland system that is almost intact
One of the unique characteristics of the site is that the annual flooding from the river Okavango occurs during the dry season with the result that the native plants and animals have synchronised their biological cycles with these seasonal rains and floods It is an exceptional example of the interaction between climatic hydrological and biological processes
The Okavango delta is home to some of the worldrsquos most endangered species of large mammal such as the cheetah white rhinoceros black rhinoceros African wild dog and lion The most populous large mammal is the lechwe antelope with more than 60000 It is a little larger than an impala with elongated hooves and a water repellent substance on their legs that enables rapid movement through knee deep water
For more information visit httpenwikipediaorgwikiOkavango_Delta
Why World Heritage Sites are important
What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application World Heritage sites belong to all the peoples of the world irrespective of the territory on which they are located
World Heritage status can bring enormous prestige to a site and help foster social cohesion and pride in a local community
It may help to promote the site internationally and attract new visitors if appropriate and encourages the highest quality standards for welcoming visitors and managing the site and can act as the focus for tourism and economic regeneration
It also means international accountability If a site is threatened it can be added to the List of World Heritage in Danger by the World Heritage Committee
To obtain World Heritage status sites have to be nominated by their government to the World Heritage Committee an intergovernmental body set up by UNESCO
The Committee meets once a year and decides on new inscriptions following an assessment by specialist international bodies ICOMOS for cultural sites and IUCN for natural sites
The film which is currently in production features the expedition of four entrepid explorers as they undertake a two month crossing of the Okavango River System in Mokoro dug-out canoes from the source in Angola all the way 1000 miles down the river through Namibiarsquos Caprivi Strip and into an untouched wilderness in the heart of the Okavango Delta in Botswana
The team consists of Dr Steven Boyes (Ornithologist) Dr Kirsten Wimberger (Primotologist) Chris Boyes (Marine Biologist) and Dr Karen Ross (Ecologist) Film director Neil Gelinas is contributing his extensive experience as Senior Producer for National Geographic
For more information visit wwwokavangofilmcom
Okavango film to advocate for a TrindashNation (AngolandashNamibiandashBotswana) World Heritage Site
CONSERVATION
JULY 2014 15Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Compared to the global number of World Heritage Sites (1007 total) Africa has 89 (9) with 48 Cultural 37 Natural and 4 Mixed properties Europe and North America have the highest at 479 (48) followed by Asia and the Pacific at 231 (23) Latin America and the Caribbean at 131(13) and the Arab States at 77 (8)
Albania Butrint Historic Centres of Berat and Gjirokastra
Algeria Al Qala of Beni Hammad Djeacutemila MZab Valley Tassili nAjjer Timgad Tipasa Kasbah of Algiers
Belize Belize Barrier Reef Reserve System
Benin Royal Palaces of Abomey
Botswana Tsodilo Okavango Delta
Burkina Faso Ruins of Loropeacuteni
Cabo Verde Cidade Velha Historic Centre of Ribeira Grande
Cameroon Dja Faunal Reserve Sangha Trinational
Central African Republic Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park Sangha Trinational
Chad Lakes of Ounianga
Congo Sangha Trinational
Cocircte dIvoire Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve Taiuml National Park Comoeacute National Park Historic Town of Grand-Bassam
Democratic Republic of the Congo Virunga National Park Kahuzi-Biega National Park Garamba National Park Salonga National Park Okapi Wildlife Reserve
Egypt Abu Mena Ancient Thebes with its Necropolis Historic Cairo Memphis and its Necropolis Nubian Monuments Saint Catherine Area Wadi Al-Hitan (Whale Valley)
Ethiopia Simien National Park Rock-Hewn Churches Lalibela Fasil Ghebbi Gondar Region Aksum Lower Valley of the Awash Lower Valley of the Omo Tiya Harar Jugol the Fortified Historic Town Konso Cultural Landscape
Gabon Cultural Landscape of Lopeacute-Okanda
Gambia Kunta Kinteh Island and Related Sites Stone Circles of Senegambia
Ghana Forts and Castles Volta Greater Accra Asante Traditional Buildings
Guinea Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve
Kenya Lake Turkana National Parks Mount Kenya National ParkNatural Forest Lamu Old Town Mijikenda Kaya Forests Fort Jesus Mombasa Kenya Lake System in the Great Rift Valley
Lesotho Maloti-Drakensberg Park
Madagascar Tsingy de Bemaraha Strict Nature Reserve Royal Hill of Ambohimanga Rainforests of the Atsinanana
Malawi Lake Malawi National Park Chongoni Rock-Art Area
Mali Timbuktu Old Towns of Djenneacute Cliff of Bandiagara (Land of the Dogons) Tomb of Askia
Mauritania Banc dArguin National Park Ouadane Chinguetti Tichitt and Oualata
Mauritius Aapravasi Ghat Le Morne Cultural Landscape
Morocco Medina of Fez Medina of Marrakesh Ksar of Ait-Ben-Haddou Historic City of Meknes Archaeological Site of Volubilis Medina of Teacutetouan Medina of Essaouira Portuguese City of Mazagan (El Jadida) Rabat Modern Capital and Historic City
Mozambique Island of Mozambique
Namibia Twyfelfontein Namib Sand Sea
Niger Air and Teacuteneacutereacute Natural Reserves W National Park of Niger Historic Centre of Agadez
Nigeria Sukur Cultural Landscape Osun-Osogbo Sacred Grove
Papua New Guinea Kuk Early Agricultural Site
Senegal Island of Goreacutee Niokolo-Koba National Park Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary Island of Saint-Louis Stone Circles of Senegambia Saloum Delta Bassari Fula amp Bedik Cultural Landscapes
Seychelles Aldabra Atoll Valleacutee de Mai Nature Reserve
South Africa Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa iSimangaliso Wetland Park Robben Island Maloti-Drakensberg Park Mapungubwe Cultural Landscape Cape Floral Region Protected Areas Vredefort Dome Richtersveld Cultural amp Botanical Landscape
Sudan Gebel Barkal amp Sites of the Napatan Region Archaeological Sites of Meroe Island
Tanzania Ngorongoro Conservation Area 29 Ruins of Kilwa Kisiwani amp Songo Mnara Serengeti National Park Selous Game Reserve Kilimanjaro National Park Stone Town of Zanzibar Kondoa Rock-Art Sites
Togo Koutammakou - Land of the Batammariba
Tunisia Amphitheatre of El Jem Archaeological Site of Carthage Medina of Tunis Ichkeul National Park Punic Town of Kerkuane amp its Necropolis Kairouan Medina of Sousse Dougga Thugga
Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Rwenzori Mountains National Park Tombs of Buganda Kings at Kasubi
Zambia Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls
Zimbabwe Mana Pools Sapi amp Chewore Safari Areas Great Zimbabwe National Monument Khami Ruins National Monument Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls Matobo Hills
Legend = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Sites in Danger = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Transboundary Property Citeria numbering of this property has changed See Decision 30COM 8D1
World HeritageSite List
Africa
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
AccreditationThe African Travel amp Tourism Association (Atta)Tel +44 20 7937 4408 bull Email infoattatravel bull Website wwwattatravelMembers in 22 African countries and 37 worldwide use Atta to Network and collaborate with peers in African tourism Grow their online presence with a branded profile Ask and answer specialist questions and give advice and Attend key industry events
Official Travel Trade Journal and Media Partner to
The Green Expo - Sustain Our Planet Sandton Johannesburg - 10 - 12 April 2014Tel +27 (0)21 689 3262 bull Email infothegreenexpocoza bull Website wwwthegreenexpocozaThree City Events organisers of The Green Expo have noted the need for a generally accessible exhibition focusing on sustainability issues appealing to the homeowner as well as the business person It is with this in mind that The first Green Expo was held at the CTICC in November 2011 The success of this expo led to the launch of the Johannesburg Green Expo to be held in September at the Sandton Convention Centre
National Accommodation Association of South Africa (NAA-SA)Tel +2786 186 2272 bull Fax +2786 225 9858 bull Website wwwnaa-sacozaThe NAA-SA is a network of mainly smaller accommodation providers around South Africa ndash from BampBs in country towns offering comfortable personal service to luxurious boutique city lodges with those extra special touches ndash yoursquore sure to find a suitable place and at the same time feel confident that your stay at an NAA-SA memberrsquos establishment will meet your requirements
The Regional Tourism Organisation of Southern Africa (RETOSA)Tel +2711 315 24201 bull Fax +2711 315 2422 bull Website wwwretosacozaRETOSA is a Southern African Development Community (SADC) institution responsible for tourism growth and development RETOSArsquos aims are to increase tourist arrivals to the region through sustainable development improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing RETOSA Member States are Angola Botswana DR Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe
The Southern Africa Tourism Services Association (SATSA)Tel +2786 127 2872 bull Fax +2711 886 755 bull Website wwwsatsacomSATSA is a credibility accreditation body representing the private sector of the inbound tourism industry SATSA members are Bonded thus providing a financial guarantee against advance deposits held in the event of the involuntary liquidation of a SATSA member SATSA represents Transport providers Tour Operators Destination Management Companies Accommodation Suppliers Tour Brokers Adventure Tourism Providers Business Tourism Providers and Allied Tourism Services providers
Seychelles Hospitality amp Tourism Association (SHTA)Tel +248 432 5560 bull Fax +248 422 5718 bull Website wwwshtasc The Seychelles Hospitality and Tourism Association was created in 2002 when the Seychelles Hotel Association merged with the Seychelles Hotel and Guesthouse Association SHTArsquos primary focus is to unite all Seychelles industry stakeholders under one association in order to be better prepared to defend the interest of the industry and its sustainability as the pillar of the countryrsquos economy
World Travel Market London 2014Tel +44 (0)20 8910 7897 bull Email pollymagrawreedexpocouk bull Website wwwwtmlondoncomWorld Travel Market - London is the leading global event for the travel industry It is a vibrant must attend business-to-business event presenting a diverse range of destinations and industry sectors to UK and International travel professionals It is a unique opportunity for the whole global travel trade to meet network negotiate and conduct business Last years event attracted over 50000 attendees representing 186 countries WTM is the place to do business with 5000 international exhibitors
International Coalition of Tourism Partners (ICTP)Tel Haleiwa USA +1-808-566-9900 bull Cape Town South Africa (+27)-21-813-5811 bull Rio de Janeiro Brazil +5521 40428205 bull Germany +49 2102 1458477 bull London UK +44 20 3239 3300 bull Australia +61 2-8005 1444 bull HongKong China +852 8120 9450Email membertourismpartnersorg bull Website wwwtourismpartnersorgICTP is a travel and tourism coalition of global destinations committed to Quality Services and Green Growth ICTP advocates for sustainable aviation growth streamlined travel fair taxation and jobs
The Safari Awards 2014Tel +44 (0)1865 989280 bull Website wwwsafariawardscomWith nominations from over a thousand luxury travel professionals hundreds of readers of Tourism Tattler Conde Nast Traveller Brides and Travel Africa Magazine you can rest assured that any safari business nominated for a Safari Award is amongst the best in its genre Finalists are amongst the top 3 in Africa and the Safari Award Winners are unquestionably the best their reputation earned through excellence recognised by people who know what they are talking about
JULY 201404 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
cover storyThe private sector of South Africas travel trade needs a kick up its collective backside
I know Im generalising here but the industry seems to be suffering from a terminal case of apathy There are exceptions of course but I still find that many tourism establishments dont have a clue about what service excellence really means Either that or survival instinct has kicked in and they dont find the time for staff training and a concerted effort to make their guests feel welcome
The word Welcome literally means to receive with pleasure and hospitality into ones company or home a welcome guest
The South African travel trade cant continue to point fingers at the public sector Sure the recent debacle concerning immigration regulations was unfortunate but the TBCSA and SATSA are addressing this issue It is encouraging to note that President Zumas State of the Nation Address specifically mentioned inter-governmentalbusiness relations and to create an enabling environment for the travel and tourism trade Certainly the National Department of Tourism and South African Tourism are playing their part
South African Tourisms consumer insights show that personalised and authentic experiences are what tourists to our destination increasingly seek They want to meet the real people of South Africa spend time with us eat the food we eat be part of our culturally rich lifestyle and feel welcomed
South African Tourisms Welcome Campaign launched in 2005 to encourage South Africans to be good hosts has a wealth of information and marketing resources that the travel trade can tap into
Visitors to the website (wwwwelcomesouthafricanet) can click on the knowledge centre and find content that provides insight into the needs and desires of Indian Chinese tourists videos that give insights on wine pairing and general wine etiquette and a video that helps you learn more about adventure tourists All this and much more is available for download
Also available on the website is the Welcome Toolkit which gives tools to assist in welcoming guests The toolkit includes Welcome letters
EDITORIAL
and gift ideas a Welcome video a Welcome corporate identity guide and Welcome logo downloads All these tools are available for free South African Tourism urges the trade to download and use these resources to their advantage
The Welcome website also offers numerous useful tips on how best to welcome visitors from all over the world More than 9000 people have already visited httpwelcomesouthafricanet and some have shared their stories about the little things they do to make a guest feel like South Africa is a home away from home South Africans are invited to share the little thing they do on the Welcome Wall and to get measured on the cool warm hot Welcome Result gauge
A monthly Welcome to our Family product and trade newsletter is distributed by South African Tourism Subscribe at httpsconfirmsubscriptioncomhyC333103A196AD20A
South African Tourism recently launched the SA Specialist Programme minus a knowledge resource on South Africa and its attractions aimed at selling the destination and enhancing earning potential The course is free and the study material required to pass the course can be found online at httpsaspecialistsouthafricanetzaen
In the July edition we feature the Great White Shark under our Attractions section provides the latest inbound travel and hotel occupancy statistics in the Business section and in celebration of Botswanas Okavango Delta listing by UNESCO on 22 June we publish a hyper-linked list of all World Heritage sites in Africa
Our Property Review this month features Hotel Verde in Cape Town who are definitely not apathetic when it comes to welcoming guests Part 2 of our Wine Appreciation series delves deeper into wine knowledge with Labels Styles and Viticulture
Under Marketing we provide tips in how to create Brand Ambassadors and our Niche Tourism section looks at Voluntourism
We also have two reader competitions in this edition and dont forget to post your comments online to win yet another prize
Enjoy your read
Yours in Tourism Des Langkilde
JULY 2014 05Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Cover image copy South African Tourism
Indaba 2014 ldquoWarmestrdquo Welcome Winner Milady Tshandu from African Eagle receiving an Apple iPad tablet prize from South African Tourism support personnel
HOSPITALITYTsogo Sun Develops Entrepreneurs
June 2014s article comments received on the Tourism Tattler website and Facebook pages
wwwlivingstonessupplycocoza
WinMama Lindis comment has been chosen as the prize winner for June 2014
Lindis prize of a IsoSteel Stainless Steel Flask will be delivered with the compliments of Livingstones Supply Co ndash Suppliers of the Finest Products to the Hospitality Industry
Editor
The Africa Diaries is a powerful first -person account of the Jouberts extraordinary work as wildlife researchers and conservationists They document their odyssey through passages culled from the pages of their field journals and over 130 stunning full-colour photographs giving readers a rare insight into their unusual lives in the African bush An illustrated memoir of life in the bush by Dereck and Beverly Joubert
JULY 201406 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
wwwtourismtattlercomtsogo-sun-develops-entrepreneurs
Submitted on 20140604 at 1103 am
Just want to congratulate you for the stunning job you are doing for SMErsquos in the tourism sector You are one of the kind I have started a tourism attraction of note in Orlando East Soweto so your contribution speaks to my heart With you around the is hope for South Africa
Mama Lindi Dlamini - Wozabona Cultural House
The winning comment posted on the Tattler website during the month of June 2014 will receive a copy of Derek and Beverley Jouberts
coffee table book The African Diaries with the compliments of Livingstones Supply Co ndash Suppliers of the Finest Products to the
Hospitality Industry
Article Comments
Congratulations to Lindi Dlamini
Connect with Livingstones on
Hospitality Industry
wwwtourismtattlercomporini-comments-on-kenya
Submitted on 20140613 at 657 am
Kenyarsquos cultural attractions datE back several hundred years in addition to a year-round tropical climate Great place and I also love it Felix - Wal-Mark Africa Safaris
TRADE NEWSWhy I Love Kenya
BUSINESSSo you want to be a Tour Operator
wwwtourismtattlercomso-you-want-to-be-a-tour-operator
Submitted on 20140617 at 1242 am
Irsquod like to receive more information on the Tour Operators Course offered in Cape Town Irsquod like to start a Tour Operating business once Irsquove completed this course I look forward to your response
Wilma Jungschlager
Submitted on 20140621 at 137 pm | In reply to Wilma Jungschlager
Hi Wilma SATSA will be doing a Tour Operator course in Cape Town from 25 ndash 29 August 2014 Read the article at httpwww
tourismtattlercomtour-operators-course-for-cape-town
Desmond Langkilde
bull bull
Livingstones Supply Co ndash
JULY 2014 07Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Our Value Contributing Services to CCs PTYs Trusts Sole Prop and Individuals
and more
Contact us for more information +27(11) 475 8422 | wwwsyncbscoza
Consulting bull Accounting Tax bull Payroll bull Secretarial
bull Business Consultingbull Outsourced Servicesbull Business Start-Up Secretarial amp Registrationsbull Bookkeeping Accounting amp Reporting bull Payroll bull Independent Reviews amp Accounting Officer Dutiesbull Auditingbull Tax Consulting amp Compliance bull BBBEE Consulting bull Sage Pastel Software Reseller
Everything my business needshellip
0505_PrintAd_SYNCBS(180X120)_Finindd 1 20140207 121 AM
World Travel Market Senior Director Simon Presspreviews WTM 2014
Whatrsquos new for WTM 2014WTM 2014 will be the best yet as World Travel Market celebrates its35th event This will be marked by extended opening hours to facilitateeven more business deals
Opening from 9am Monday ndash Thursday (previously 10am) WTMwill give exhibitors and buyers from WTM Buyersrsquo Club an extra houreach day to agree business deals
Furthermore the event will stay open for an extra two hours to 8pmon the Wednesday evening giving exhibitors the opportunity to hostWTM 35th event celebrations on their stands
How much business can exhibitors expect to conductWTM 2013 facilitated more than pound22 billion in industry deals ndashwith African exhibitors agreeing pound161 million in contracts Thisyear we expect even more business will be conducted by South Africanexhibitors and at the event in general One of the best ways forexhibitors to meet new buyers and sign deals is the WTM SpeedNetworking which takes place on Monday and Thursday mornings
What will the event programme look like at WTM 2014This year sees the introduction of a Spa and Wellness Programme tothe highly successful events programme There will be more than 100sessions covering a range of topics including aviation cruise socialmedia and responsible tourism WTM 2013 Events Programme has anattendance of more than 16000 ndash a 95 increase on WTM 2012
Which exhibitors should we look out forVISITFLANDERS - WTMrsquos Premier Partner - is commemorating the100th Anniversary of the Great War Brand USA has increased itspresence as part of its aim to hit 100m international visitors
Where can South African buyers and visitors register forWTM 2014Visit wwwwtmlondoncomregister
1
2
3
4
5
MORE THAN
PARTICIPANTS
ABOUT
8500 MEMBERS
generated atWTMreg 2013
pound22bn
50000
generated at
of newbusiness
attendees8500buyers
from 186 countries
A record
3 ndash 6 November 2014ExCeL London
Register nowwtmlondoncom
Official Partner
Official Media Partner
WTMreg
Means business
Advertorial Tourism Tattler_Layout 1 11062014 1057 Page 1
Great White Shark Attraction
In South Africa both tourists and locals are privileged to have access to great white sharks in abundance minus if one knows where to go when and with whom Booking with a professional and credible shark excursion service provider is essential to ensure that this once-in-a-lifetime experience is a safe and memorable oneOne such service provider is White Shark Projects located in Ganbaai who have set a bench mark for responsible tourism in the industry White Shark Projects have a philosophy that involves sharing the countrys natural and cultural riches whilst contributing positively to the preservation and growth of the local community and environment The company was founded in 1990 purely for research and conservation out of this the commercial arm was born Today the commercial arm is still funding various research and conservation projects White Shark Project are the financial partner to the South African Shark Conservancy whose research not only focuses on great whites but also on other shark species Their conservation and educational departments are enhanced by a volunteer programme White Shark Projects supports sustainable job creation and upliftment projects and fosters ecological awareness among surrounding communities The company is Fair Trade in Tourism accredited as well as bonded by the Southern Africa Tourism Services Association
For the adventurous traveller there is no greater adrenaline rush than
interacting with a great white shark in its own territory
JULY 2014 09Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
ATTRACTIONS
(SATSA) thus ensuring peace of mind that your clients are in capable accredited hands In addition White Shark Projects are covered by comprehensive public liability insurance underwritten by Lloyds of London Their primary focus at White Shark Projects is to educate and to address misconceptions which in turn will help lead to protection of the species The best season for Shark viewing Dyer Island is a good place to see sharks all year round So weather permitting White Shark Projects tours run daily however prime viewing time is in the South African winter months when the sharks have a
particularly active feeding pattern The following guide is based on observations over the past eight years Allow for an overlap between seasons Peak season April to October (99 success rate) Recommended High season November to December (90 ndash 99 success rate) Intermediate season January to March (80 ndash 90 success rate) Water temperatures vary between 12 and 20 degrees Celsius during peak and high season and between 10 and 16 degrees Celsius during intermediate season
For more information visit wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
+27 (0)28 384 1774 | bookingswhitesharkprojectscoza | wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
South Africa
JULY 201410 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
BUSINESS
The information below was extracted from data available as at 25 July 2014 By Martin Jansen van Vuuren of Grant Thornton
ARRIVALSThe latest available data from Statistics South Africa is for January to December 2013 (Note Stats SA recently revised data for Nov - Dec)
Current period Change over same period last year
UK 442 523 10
Germany 304 090 142
USA 348 646 67
India 112 672 55
China 151 847 147
Overseas Arrivals (excl same day visitors) 2 683 141 71
African Arrivals 6 913 783 39
Total Foreign Arrivals 9 616 964 47
NB African Arrivals plus Overseas Arrivals do not add up to Total Foreign Arrivals due to the exclusion of unspecified arrivals which cannot be allocated to either African or Overseas
HOTEL STATSThe latest available data from STR Global is for January to April 2014
Current period Average Room Average Room Revenue Per Available Occupancy (ARO) Rate (ARR) Room (RevPAR)
All Hotels in SA 628 R 1 072 R 672
All 5-star hotels in SA 664 R 1 947 R 1 292
All 4-star hotels in SA 622 R 1 003 R 624
All 3-star hotels in SA 624 R 817 R 510
Change over same period last year
All Hotels in SA 02 90 92
All 5-star hotels in SA 25 99 126
All 4-star hotels in SA -13 67 53
All 3-star hotels in SA 16 79 96
ACSA DATAThe latest available data from ACSA is for January to April 2014
Change over same period last year Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on International Flights Regional Flights Domestic Flights
OR Tambo International 13 66 -10
Cape Town International 68 82 21
King Shaka International 161 NA -41
BUSINESSBUSINESS
Market IntelligenceReport
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR MY BUSINESS
The data from STR Global indicates that room rates of hotels continue to improve across all grades of hotels but the occupancies seem to have stabilised So the same number of people are still arriving but they are paying more for their rooms
The data from ACSA indicates that domestic air travel is slowing down with declines in Johannesburg and Durban International air travel is also slowing to Johannesburg while Cape Town is achieving growth Durban is achieving strong growth off a low base
What this seems to mean for the tourism industry is that the number of tourist are not necessarily up in the first four months of the year but they are paying more for their stay so tourism revenues should be up
For more information contact Martin at Grant Thornton on +27 (0)21 417 8838 or visit httpwwwgtcoza
wersquore more than an airline
Itrsquos never been simpler to book your travel - with fl ights cars and hotels all available on
kululacom So whether yoursquove got a wedding in Warmbaths or a conference
in Calitzdorp wersquove got your trip across Mzansi covered Now thatrsquos full-on travel
KIN
GJA
MES
280
20
JULY 2014 11Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
JULY 201412 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
relevant app store (subject to FICA regulations) The proprietary iKhokha online portal removes much of the hassle that SMMEs would normally face when signing up with their bank through traditional channels Once paid for and approved the Edge is delivered to the merchant The solution is available to all businesses irrespective of their bank
Merchants pay a once-off cost of R98900 (incl VAT) for the Edge Chip amp PIN card reader and thereafter a flat 275 per transaction minus there are no hidden monthly fees iKhokha will also be offering a 24 month rental option for merchants looking to avoid an upfront cost
The Edge card reader is available in four coloursndash black white yellow and pinkndash and both the Edge and iKhokha mobile app are compatible with iPhone 4 upwards and most Android mobile devices
iKhokha will continue to expand its mobile service offering using the Edge device as the secure foundation on which to provide further innovation for all South African businesses
For more information visit wwwiKhokhacom
Facebook wwwfacebookcomikhokha
Twitter ikhokhasa
Instagram ikhokhasa
YouTube wwwyoutubecomikhokha
To enter this competition simply find the answer to the following question (the answer can be found in the text below) and visit the Tourism Tattler website at wwwtourismtattlercomp=13134
ldquoWhat does the iKhokha Edge do for a mobile phonerdquo
The first five correct entries drawn after the closing date of 28 July 2014 will each win one iKhokha Edge Chip amp PIN card reader complete with mobile application software download with the compliments of Emerge Mobile (TampCs apply - refer link)
The Edge a secure Chip amp PIN card reader that plugs into a smartphone and coupled with the iKhokha mobile app transforms the phone into a secure mobile Point of Sale (mPOS) terminal thus enabling merchants to process bank card payments ndash anywhere in South Africa
Using the Edge a wide range of South African businesses are also able to tender cash card and mobile transactions sell value-added services (such as airtime) and monitor and track sales performance and transactional history through the slick and easy to use Mobile App
Simplicity service and security are the three pillars on which the iKhokha ethos has been built The proudly South African developed and manufactured solution has been through an incredibly rigorous international testing process with regulatory bodies and card schemes to ensure world class security
To ldquoGet the Edgerdquo business owners simply apply via the website at wwwikhokhacom and then download the iKhokha app from the
WINNER OF THE THULA THULA FAMILY SAFARI GETAWAY COMPETITION FROM THE JUNE 2014 EDITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Geraint Piercey of African Twist Travel
Geraint has won a safari getaway consisting of 2 nights for two adults and two children sharing a Family Tent at the Luxury Tented Camp in Thula Thula Private Game Reserve The prize is on a full board basis and includes 2 Game Drives andor Guided Walking Safaris each day with the compliments of Thula Thula Private Game Reserve
wwwthulathulacom
Note Read the Terms and Conditions of this competition at wwwtourismtattlercomwp-contentimagesCompetition-July2014-TermsConditionspdf
1 of 5 iKhokha EdgemPOS Card Readers
WIN
C O M P E T I T I O N
JULY 2014 13Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
CONSERVATION
Botswanarsquos Okavango Delta became the 1000th site inscribed on the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) World Heritage List on 22 June This significant listing increases Africas
protected resources to 89 properties By Des Langkilde
World HeritageOkavango
Delta
JULY 201414 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
The Okavango was inscribed as a natural site by the World Heritage Committee which met in Doha (Qatar) on 22 June 2014
The Okavango Delta in northwest Botswana comprises permanent marshlands and seasonally flooded plains It is one of the very few major interior delta systems that do not flow into a sea or ocean with a wetland system that is almost intact
One of the unique characteristics of the site is that the annual flooding from the river Okavango occurs during the dry season with the result that the native plants and animals have synchronised their biological cycles with these seasonal rains and floods It is an exceptional example of the interaction between climatic hydrological and biological processes
The Okavango delta is home to some of the worldrsquos most endangered species of large mammal such as the cheetah white rhinoceros black rhinoceros African wild dog and lion The most populous large mammal is the lechwe antelope with more than 60000 It is a little larger than an impala with elongated hooves and a water repellent substance on their legs that enables rapid movement through knee deep water
For more information visit httpenwikipediaorgwikiOkavango_Delta
Why World Heritage Sites are important
What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application World Heritage sites belong to all the peoples of the world irrespective of the territory on which they are located
World Heritage status can bring enormous prestige to a site and help foster social cohesion and pride in a local community
It may help to promote the site internationally and attract new visitors if appropriate and encourages the highest quality standards for welcoming visitors and managing the site and can act as the focus for tourism and economic regeneration
It also means international accountability If a site is threatened it can be added to the List of World Heritage in Danger by the World Heritage Committee
To obtain World Heritage status sites have to be nominated by their government to the World Heritage Committee an intergovernmental body set up by UNESCO
The Committee meets once a year and decides on new inscriptions following an assessment by specialist international bodies ICOMOS for cultural sites and IUCN for natural sites
The film which is currently in production features the expedition of four entrepid explorers as they undertake a two month crossing of the Okavango River System in Mokoro dug-out canoes from the source in Angola all the way 1000 miles down the river through Namibiarsquos Caprivi Strip and into an untouched wilderness in the heart of the Okavango Delta in Botswana
The team consists of Dr Steven Boyes (Ornithologist) Dr Kirsten Wimberger (Primotologist) Chris Boyes (Marine Biologist) and Dr Karen Ross (Ecologist) Film director Neil Gelinas is contributing his extensive experience as Senior Producer for National Geographic
For more information visit wwwokavangofilmcom
Okavango film to advocate for a TrindashNation (AngolandashNamibiandashBotswana) World Heritage Site
CONSERVATION
JULY 2014 15Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Compared to the global number of World Heritage Sites (1007 total) Africa has 89 (9) with 48 Cultural 37 Natural and 4 Mixed properties Europe and North America have the highest at 479 (48) followed by Asia and the Pacific at 231 (23) Latin America and the Caribbean at 131(13) and the Arab States at 77 (8)
Albania Butrint Historic Centres of Berat and Gjirokastra
Algeria Al Qala of Beni Hammad Djeacutemila MZab Valley Tassili nAjjer Timgad Tipasa Kasbah of Algiers
Belize Belize Barrier Reef Reserve System
Benin Royal Palaces of Abomey
Botswana Tsodilo Okavango Delta
Burkina Faso Ruins of Loropeacuteni
Cabo Verde Cidade Velha Historic Centre of Ribeira Grande
Cameroon Dja Faunal Reserve Sangha Trinational
Central African Republic Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park Sangha Trinational
Chad Lakes of Ounianga
Congo Sangha Trinational
Cocircte dIvoire Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve Taiuml National Park Comoeacute National Park Historic Town of Grand-Bassam
Democratic Republic of the Congo Virunga National Park Kahuzi-Biega National Park Garamba National Park Salonga National Park Okapi Wildlife Reserve
Egypt Abu Mena Ancient Thebes with its Necropolis Historic Cairo Memphis and its Necropolis Nubian Monuments Saint Catherine Area Wadi Al-Hitan (Whale Valley)
Ethiopia Simien National Park Rock-Hewn Churches Lalibela Fasil Ghebbi Gondar Region Aksum Lower Valley of the Awash Lower Valley of the Omo Tiya Harar Jugol the Fortified Historic Town Konso Cultural Landscape
Gabon Cultural Landscape of Lopeacute-Okanda
Gambia Kunta Kinteh Island and Related Sites Stone Circles of Senegambia
Ghana Forts and Castles Volta Greater Accra Asante Traditional Buildings
Guinea Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve
Kenya Lake Turkana National Parks Mount Kenya National ParkNatural Forest Lamu Old Town Mijikenda Kaya Forests Fort Jesus Mombasa Kenya Lake System in the Great Rift Valley
Lesotho Maloti-Drakensberg Park
Madagascar Tsingy de Bemaraha Strict Nature Reserve Royal Hill of Ambohimanga Rainforests of the Atsinanana
Malawi Lake Malawi National Park Chongoni Rock-Art Area
Mali Timbuktu Old Towns of Djenneacute Cliff of Bandiagara (Land of the Dogons) Tomb of Askia
Mauritania Banc dArguin National Park Ouadane Chinguetti Tichitt and Oualata
Mauritius Aapravasi Ghat Le Morne Cultural Landscape
Morocco Medina of Fez Medina of Marrakesh Ksar of Ait-Ben-Haddou Historic City of Meknes Archaeological Site of Volubilis Medina of Teacutetouan Medina of Essaouira Portuguese City of Mazagan (El Jadida) Rabat Modern Capital and Historic City
Mozambique Island of Mozambique
Namibia Twyfelfontein Namib Sand Sea
Niger Air and Teacuteneacutereacute Natural Reserves W National Park of Niger Historic Centre of Agadez
Nigeria Sukur Cultural Landscape Osun-Osogbo Sacred Grove
Papua New Guinea Kuk Early Agricultural Site
Senegal Island of Goreacutee Niokolo-Koba National Park Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary Island of Saint-Louis Stone Circles of Senegambia Saloum Delta Bassari Fula amp Bedik Cultural Landscapes
Seychelles Aldabra Atoll Valleacutee de Mai Nature Reserve
South Africa Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa iSimangaliso Wetland Park Robben Island Maloti-Drakensberg Park Mapungubwe Cultural Landscape Cape Floral Region Protected Areas Vredefort Dome Richtersveld Cultural amp Botanical Landscape
Sudan Gebel Barkal amp Sites of the Napatan Region Archaeological Sites of Meroe Island
Tanzania Ngorongoro Conservation Area 29 Ruins of Kilwa Kisiwani amp Songo Mnara Serengeti National Park Selous Game Reserve Kilimanjaro National Park Stone Town of Zanzibar Kondoa Rock-Art Sites
Togo Koutammakou - Land of the Batammariba
Tunisia Amphitheatre of El Jem Archaeological Site of Carthage Medina of Tunis Ichkeul National Park Punic Town of Kerkuane amp its Necropolis Kairouan Medina of Sousse Dougga Thugga
Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Rwenzori Mountains National Park Tombs of Buganda Kings at Kasubi
Zambia Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls
Zimbabwe Mana Pools Sapi amp Chewore Safari Areas Great Zimbabwe National Monument Khami Ruins National Monument Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls Matobo Hills
Legend = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Sites in Danger = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Transboundary Property Citeria numbering of this property has changed See Decision 30COM 8D1
World HeritageSite List
Africa
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
cover storyThe private sector of South Africas travel trade needs a kick up its collective backside
I know Im generalising here but the industry seems to be suffering from a terminal case of apathy There are exceptions of course but I still find that many tourism establishments dont have a clue about what service excellence really means Either that or survival instinct has kicked in and they dont find the time for staff training and a concerted effort to make their guests feel welcome
The word Welcome literally means to receive with pleasure and hospitality into ones company or home a welcome guest
The South African travel trade cant continue to point fingers at the public sector Sure the recent debacle concerning immigration regulations was unfortunate but the TBCSA and SATSA are addressing this issue It is encouraging to note that President Zumas State of the Nation Address specifically mentioned inter-governmentalbusiness relations and to create an enabling environment for the travel and tourism trade Certainly the National Department of Tourism and South African Tourism are playing their part
South African Tourisms consumer insights show that personalised and authentic experiences are what tourists to our destination increasingly seek They want to meet the real people of South Africa spend time with us eat the food we eat be part of our culturally rich lifestyle and feel welcomed
South African Tourisms Welcome Campaign launched in 2005 to encourage South Africans to be good hosts has a wealth of information and marketing resources that the travel trade can tap into
Visitors to the website (wwwwelcomesouthafricanet) can click on the knowledge centre and find content that provides insight into the needs and desires of Indian Chinese tourists videos that give insights on wine pairing and general wine etiquette and a video that helps you learn more about adventure tourists All this and much more is available for download
Also available on the website is the Welcome Toolkit which gives tools to assist in welcoming guests The toolkit includes Welcome letters
EDITORIAL
and gift ideas a Welcome video a Welcome corporate identity guide and Welcome logo downloads All these tools are available for free South African Tourism urges the trade to download and use these resources to their advantage
The Welcome website also offers numerous useful tips on how best to welcome visitors from all over the world More than 9000 people have already visited httpwelcomesouthafricanet and some have shared their stories about the little things they do to make a guest feel like South Africa is a home away from home South Africans are invited to share the little thing they do on the Welcome Wall and to get measured on the cool warm hot Welcome Result gauge
A monthly Welcome to our Family product and trade newsletter is distributed by South African Tourism Subscribe at httpsconfirmsubscriptioncomhyC333103A196AD20A
South African Tourism recently launched the SA Specialist Programme minus a knowledge resource on South Africa and its attractions aimed at selling the destination and enhancing earning potential The course is free and the study material required to pass the course can be found online at httpsaspecialistsouthafricanetzaen
In the July edition we feature the Great White Shark under our Attractions section provides the latest inbound travel and hotel occupancy statistics in the Business section and in celebration of Botswanas Okavango Delta listing by UNESCO on 22 June we publish a hyper-linked list of all World Heritage sites in Africa
Our Property Review this month features Hotel Verde in Cape Town who are definitely not apathetic when it comes to welcoming guests Part 2 of our Wine Appreciation series delves deeper into wine knowledge with Labels Styles and Viticulture
Under Marketing we provide tips in how to create Brand Ambassadors and our Niche Tourism section looks at Voluntourism
We also have two reader competitions in this edition and dont forget to post your comments online to win yet another prize
Enjoy your read
Yours in Tourism Des Langkilde
JULY 2014 05Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Cover image copy South African Tourism
Indaba 2014 ldquoWarmestrdquo Welcome Winner Milady Tshandu from African Eagle receiving an Apple iPad tablet prize from South African Tourism support personnel
HOSPITALITYTsogo Sun Develops Entrepreneurs
June 2014s article comments received on the Tourism Tattler website and Facebook pages
wwwlivingstonessupplycocoza
WinMama Lindis comment has been chosen as the prize winner for June 2014
Lindis prize of a IsoSteel Stainless Steel Flask will be delivered with the compliments of Livingstones Supply Co ndash Suppliers of the Finest Products to the Hospitality Industry
Editor
The Africa Diaries is a powerful first -person account of the Jouberts extraordinary work as wildlife researchers and conservationists They document their odyssey through passages culled from the pages of their field journals and over 130 stunning full-colour photographs giving readers a rare insight into their unusual lives in the African bush An illustrated memoir of life in the bush by Dereck and Beverly Joubert
JULY 201406 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
wwwtourismtattlercomtsogo-sun-develops-entrepreneurs
Submitted on 20140604 at 1103 am
Just want to congratulate you for the stunning job you are doing for SMErsquos in the tourism sector You are one of the kind I have started a tourism attraction of note in Orlando East Soweto so your contribution speaks to my heart With you around the is hope for South Africa
Mama Lindi Dlamini - Wozabona Cultural House
The winning comment posted on the Tattler website during the month of June 2014 will receive a copy of Derek and Beverley Jouberts
coffee table book The African Diaries with the compliments of Livingstones Supply Co ndash Suppliers of the Finest Products to the
Hospitality Industry
Article Comments
Congratulations to Lindi Dlamini
Connect with Livingstones on
Hospitality Industry
wwwtourismtattlercomporini-comments-on-kenya
Submitted on 20140613 at 657 am
Kenyarsquos cultural attractions datE back several hundred years in addition to a year-round tropical climate Great place and I also love it Felix - Wal-Mark Africa Safaris
TRADE NEWSWhy I Love Kenya
BUSINESSSo you want to be a Tour Operator
wwwtourismtattlercomso-you-want-to-be-a-tour-operator
Submitted on 20140617 at 1242 am
Irsquod like to receive more information on the Tour Operators Course offered in Cape Town Irsquod like to start a Tour Operating business once Irsquove completed this course I look forward to your response
Wilma Jungschlager
Submitted on 20140621 at 137 pm | In reply to Wilma Jungschlager
Hi Wilma SATSA will be doing a Tour Operator course in Cape Town from 25 ndash 29 August 2014 Read the article at httpwww
tourismtattlercomtour-operators-course-for-cape-town
Desmond Langkilde
bull bull
Livingstones Supply Co ndash
JULY 2014 07Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Our Value Contributing Services to CCs PTYs Trusts Sole Prop and Individuals
and more
Contact us for more information +27(11) 475 8422 | wwwsyncbscoza
Consulting bull Accounting Tax bull Payroll bull Secretarial
bull Business Consultingbull Outsourced Servicesbull Business Start-Up Secretarial amp Registrationsbull Bookkeeping Accounting amp Reporting bull Payroll bull Independent Reviews amp Accounting Officer Dutiesbull Auditingbull Tax Consulting amp Compliance bull BBBEE Consulting bull Sage Pastel Software Reseller
Everything my business needshellip
0505_PrintAd_SYNCBS(180X120)_Finindd 1 20140207 121 AM
World Travel Market Senior Director Simon Presspreviews WTM 2014
Whatrsquos new for WTM 2014WTM 2014 will be the best yet as World Travel Market celebrates its35th event This will be marked by extended opening hours to facilitateeven more business deals
Opening from 9am Monday ndash Thursday (previously 10am) WTMwill give exhibitors and buyers from WTM Buyersrsquo Club an extra houreach day to agree business deals
Furthermore the event will stay open for an extra two hours to 8pmon the Wednesday evening giving exhibitors the opportunity to hostWTM 35th event celebrations on their stands
How much business can exhibitors expect to conductWTM 2013 facilitated more than pound22 billion in industry deals ndashwith African exhibitors agreeing pound161 million in contracts Thisyear we expect even more business will be conducted by South Africanexhibitors and at the event in general One of the best ways forexhibitors to meet new buyers and sign deals is the WTM SpeedNetworking which takes place on Monday and Thursday mornings
What will the event programme look like at WTM 2014This year sees the introduction of a Spa and Wellness Programme tothe highly successful events programme There will be more than 100sessions covering a range of topics including aviation cruise socialmedia and responsible tourism WTM 2013 Events Programme has anattendance of more than 16000 ndash a 95 increase on WTM 2012
Which exhibitors should we look out forVISITFLANDERS - WTMrsquos Premier Partner - is commemorating the100th Anniversary of the Great War Brand USA has increased itspresence as part of its aim to hit 100m international visitors
Where can South African buyers and visitors register forWTM 2014Visit wwwwtmlondoncomregister
1
2
3
4
5
MORE THAN
PARTICIPANTS
ABOUT
8500 MEMBERS
generated atWTMreg 2013
pound22bn
50000
generated at
of newbusiness
attendees8500buyers
from 186 countries
A record
3 ndash 6 November 2014ExCeL London
Register nowwtmlondoncom
Official Partner
Official Media Partner
WTMreg
Means business
Advertorial Tourism Tattler_Layout 1 11062014 1057 Page 1
Great White Shark Attraction
In South Africa both tourists and locals are privileged to have access to great white sharks in abundance minus if one knows where to go when and with whom Booking with a professional and credible shark excursion service provider is essential to ensure that this once-in-a-lifetime experience is a safe and memorable oneOne such service provider is White Shark Projects located in Ganbaai who have set a bench mark for responsible tourism in the industry White Shark Projects have a philosophy that involves sharing the countrys natural and cultural riches whilst contributing positively to the preservation and growth of the local community and environment The company was founded in 1990 purely for research and conservation out of this the commercial arm was born Today the commercial arm is still funding various research and conservation projects White Shark Project are the financial partner to the South African Shark Conservancy whose research not only focuses on great whites but also on other shark species Their conservation and educational departments are enhanced by a volunteer programme White Shark Projects supports sustainable job creation and upliftment projects and fosters ecological awareness among surrounding communities The company is Fair Trade in Tourism accredited as well as bonded by the Southern Africa Tourism Services Association
For the adventurous traveller there is no greater adrenaline rush than
interacting with a great white shark in its own territory
JULY 2014 09Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
ATTRACTIONS
(SATSA) thus ensuring peace of mind that your clients are in capable accredited hands In addition White Shark Projects are covered by comprehensive public liability insurance underwritten by Lloyds of London Their primary focus at White Shark Projects is to educate and to address misconceptions which in turn will help lead to protection of the species The best season for Shark viewing Dyer Island is a good place to see sharks all year round So weather permitting White Shark Projects tours run daily however prime viewing time is in the South African winter months when the sharks have a
particularly active feeding pattern The following guide is based on observations over the past eight years Allow for an overlap between seasons Peak season April to October (99 success rate) Recommended High season November to December (90 ndash 99 success rate) Intermediate season January to March (80 ndash 90 success rate) Water temperatures vary between 12 and 20 degrees Celsius during peak and high season and between 10 and 16 degrees Celsius during intermediate season
For more information visit wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
+27 (0)28 384 1774 | bookingswhitesharkprojectscoza | wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
South Africa
JULY 201410 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
BUSINESS
The information below was extracted from data available as at 25 July 2014 By Martin Jansen van Vuuren of Grant Thornton
ARRIVALSThe latest available data from Statistics South Africa is for January to December 2013 (Note Stats SA recently revised data for Nov - Dec)
Current period Change over same period last year
UK 442 523 10
Germany 304 090 142
USA 348 646 67
India 112 672 55
China 151 847 147
Overseas Arrivals (excl same day visitors) 2 683 141 71
African Arrivals 6 913 783 39
Total Foreign Arrivals 9 616 964 47
NB African Arrivals plus Overseas Arrivals do not add up to Total Foreign Arrivals due to the exclusion of unspecified arrivals which cannot be allocated to either African or Overseas
HOTEL STATSThe latest available data from STR Global is for January to April 2014
Current period Average Room Average Room Revenue Per Available Occupancy (ARO) Rate (ARR) Room (RevPAR)
All Hotels in SA 628 R 1 072 R 672
All 5-star hotels in SA 664 R 1 947 R 1 292
All 4-star hotels in SA 622 R 1 003 R 624
All 3-star hotels in SA 624 R 817 R 510
Change over same period last year
All Hotels in SA 02 90 92
All 5-star hotels in SA 25 99 126
All 4-star hotels in SA -13 67 53
All 3-star hotels in SA 16 79 96
ACSA DATAThe latest available data from ACSA is for January to April 2014
Change over same period last year Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on International Flights Regional Flights Domestic Flights
OR Tambo International 13 66 -10
Cape Town International 68 82 21
King Shaka International 161 NA -41
BUSINESSBUSINESS
Market IntelligenceReport
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR MY BUSINESS
The data from STR Global indicates that room rates of hotels continue to improve across all grades of hotels but the occupancies seem to have stabilised So the same number of people are still arriving but they are paying more for their rooms
The data from ACSA indicates that domestic air travel is slowing down with declines in Johannesburg and Durban International air travel is also slowing to Johannesburg while Cape Town is achieving growth Durban is achieving strong growth off a low base
What this seems to mean for the tourism industry is that the number of tourist are not necessarily up in the first four months of the year but they are paying more for their stay so tourism revenues should be up
For more information contact Martin at Grant Thornton on +27 (0)21 417 8838 or visit httpwwwgtcoza
wersquore more than an airline
Itrsquos never been simpler to book your travel - with fl ights cars and hotels all available on
kululacom So whether yoursquove got a wedding in Warmbaths or a conference
in Calitzdorp wersquove got your trip across Mzansi covered Now thatrsquos full-on travel
KIN
GJA
MES
280
20
JULY 2014 11Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
JULY 201412 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
relevant app store (subject to FICA regulations) The proprietary iKhokha online portal removes much of the hassle that SMMEs would normally face when signing up with their bank through traditional channels Once paid for and approved the Edge is delivered to the merchant The solution is available to all businesses irrespective of their bank
Merchants pay a once-off cost of R98900 (incl VAT) for the Edge Chip amp PIN card reader and thereafter a flat 275 per transaction minus there are no hidden monthly fees iKhokha will also be offering a 24 month rental option for merchants looking to avoid an upfront cost
The Edge card reader is available in four coloursndash black white yellow and pinkndash and both the Edge and iKhokha mobile app are compatible with iPhone 4 upwards and most Android mobile devices
iKhokha will continue to expand its mobile service offering using the Edge device as the secure foundation on which to provide further innovation for all South African businesses
For more information visit wwwiKhokhacom
Facebook wwwfacebookcomikhokha
Twitter ikhokhasa
Instagram ikhokhasa
YouTube wwwyoutubecomikhokha
To enter this competition simply find the answer to the following question (the answer can be found in the text below) and visit the Tourism Tattler website at wwwtourismtattlercomp=13134
ldquoWhat does the iKhokha Edge do for a mobile phonerdquo
The first five correct entries drawn after the closing date of 28 July 2014 will each win one iKhokha Edge Chip amp PIN card reader complete with mobile application software download with the compliments of Emerge Mobile (TampCs apply - refer link)
The Edge a secure Chip amp PIN card reader that plugs into a smartphone and coupled with the iKhokha mobile app transforms the phone into a secure mobile Point of Sale (mPOS) terminal thus enabling merchants to process bank card payments ndash anywhere in South Africa
Using the Edge a wide range of South African businesses are also able to tender cash card and mobile transactions sell value-added services (such as airtime) and monitor and track sales performance and transactional history through the slick and easy to use Mobile App
Simplicity service and security are the three pillars on which the iKhokha ethos has been built The proudly South African developed and manufactured solution has been through an incredibly rigorous international testing process with regulatory bodies and card schemes to ensure world class security
To ldquoGet the Edgerdquo business owners simply apply via the website at wwwikhokhacom and then download the iKhokha app from the
WINNER OF THE THULA THULA FAMILY SAFARI GETAWAY COMPETITION FROM THE JUNE 2014 EDITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Geraint Piercey of African Twist Travel
Geraint has won a safari getaway consisting of 2 nights for two adults and two children sharing a Family Tent at the Luxury Tented Camp in Thula Thula Private Game Reserve The prize is on a full board basis and includes 2 Game Drives andor Guided Walking Safaris each day with the compliments of Thula Thula Private Game Reserve
wwwthulathulacom
Note Read the Terms and Conditions of this competition at wwwtourismtattlercomwp-contentimagesCompetition-July2014-TermsConditionspdf
1 of 5 iKhokha EdgemPOS Card Readers
WIN
C O M P E T I T I O N
JULY 2014 13Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
CONSERVATION
Botswanarsquos Okavango Delta became the 1000th site inscribed on the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) World Heritage List on 22 June This significant listing increases Africas
protected resources to 89 properties By Des Langkilde
World HeritageOkavango
Delta
JULY 201414 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
The Okavango was inscribed as a natural site by the World Heritage Committee which met in Doha (Qatar) on 22 June 2014
The Okavango Delta in northwest Botswana comprises permanent marshlands and seasonally flooded plains It is one of the very few major interior delta systems that do not flow into a sea or ocean with a wetland system that is almost intact
One of the unique characteristics of the site is that the annual flooding from the river Okavango occurs during the dry season with the result that the native plants and animals have synchronised their biological cycles with these seasonal rains and floods It is an exceptional example of the interaction between climatic hydrological and biological processes
The Okavango delta is home to some of the worldrsquos most endangered species of large mammal such as the cheetah white rhinoceros black rhinoceros African wild dog and lion The most populous large mammal is the lechwe antelope with more than 60000 It is a little larger than an impala with elongated hooves and a water repellent substance on their legs that enables rapid movement through knee deep water
For more information visit httpenwikipediaorgwikiOkavango_Delta
Why World Heritage Sites are important
What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application World Heritage sites belong to all the peoples of the world irrespective of the territory on which they are located
World Heritage status can bring enormous prestige to a site and help foster social cohesion and pride in a local community
It may help to promote the site internationally and attract new visitors if appropriate and encourages the highest quality standards for welcoming visitors and managing the site and can act as the focus for tourism and economic regeneration
It also means international accountability If a site is threatened it can be added to the List of World Heritage in Danger by the World Heritage Committee
To obtain World Heritage status sites have to be nominated by their government to the World Heritage Committee an intergovernmental body set up by UNESCO
The Committee meets once a year and decides on new inscriptions following an assessment by specialist international bodies ICOMOS for cultural sites and IUCN for natural sites
The film which is currently in production features the expedition of four entrepid explorers as they undertake a two month crossing of the Okavango River System in Mokoro dug-out canoes from the source in Angola all the way 1000 miles down the river through Namibiarsquos Caprivi Strip and into an untouched wilderness in the heart of the Okavango Delta in Botswana
The team consists of Dr Steven Boyes (Ornithologist) Dr Kirsten Wimberger (Primotologist) Chris Boyes (Marine Biologist) and Dr Karen Ross (Ecologist) Film director Neil Gelinas is contributing his extensive experience as Senior Producer for National Geographic
For more information visit wwwokavangofilmcom
Okavango film to advocate for a TrindashNation (AngolandashNamibiandashBotswana) World Heritage Site
CONSERVATION
JULY 2014 15Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Compared to the global number of World Heritage Sites (1007 total) Africa has 89 (9) with 48 Cultural 37 Natural and 4 Mixed properties Europe and North America have the highest at 479 (48) followed by Asia and the Pacific at 231 (23) Latin America and the Caribbean at 131(13) and the Arab States at 77 (8)
Albania Butrint Historic Centres of Berat and Gjirokastra
Algeria Al Qala of Beni Hammad Djeacutemila MZab Valley Tassili nAjjer Timgad Tipasa Kasbah of Algiers
Belize Belize Barrier Reef Reserve System
Benin Royal Palaces of Abomey
Botswana Tsodilo Okavango Delta
Burkina Faso Ruins of Loropeacuteni
Cabo Verde Cidade Velha Historic Centre of Ribeira Grande
Cameroon Dja Faunal Reserve Sangha Trinational
Central African Republic Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park Sangha Trinational
Chad Lakes of Ounianga
Congo Sangha Trinational
Cocircte dIvoire Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve Taiuml National Park Comoeacute National Park Historic Town of Grand-Bassam
Democratic Republic of the Congo Virunga National Park Kahuzi-Biega National Park Garamba National Park Salonga National Park Okapi Wildlife Reserve
Egypt Abu Mena Ancient Thebes with its Necropolis Historic Cairo Memphis and its Necropolis Nubian Monuments Saint Catherine Area Wadi Al-Hitan (Whale Valley)
Ethiopia Simien National Park Rock-Hewn Churches Lalibela Fasil Ghebbi Gondar Region Aksum Lower Valley of the Awash Lower Valley of the Omo Tiya Harar Jugol the Fortified Historic Town Konso Cultural Landscape
Gabon Cultural Landscape of Lopeacute-Okanda
Gambia Kunta Kinteh Island and Related Sites Stone Circles of Senegambia
Ghana Forts and Castles Volta Greater Accra Asante Traditional Buildings
Guinea Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve
Kenya Lake Turkana National Parks Mount Kenya National ParkNatural Forest Lamu Old Town Mijikenda Kaya Forests Fort Jesus Mombasa Kenya Lake System in the Great Rift Valley
Lesotho Maloti-Drakensberg Park
Madagascar Tsingy de Bemaraha Strict Nature Reserve Royal Hill of Ambohimanga Rainforests of the Atsinanana
Malawi Lake Malawi National Park Chongoni Rock-Art Area
Mali Timbuktu Old Towns of Djenneacute Cliff of Bandiagara (Land of the Dogons) Tomb of Askia
Mauritania Banc dArguin National Park Ouadane Chinguetti Tichitt and Oualata
Mauritius Aapravasi Ghat Le Morne Cultural Landscape
Morocco Medina of Fez Medina of Marrakesh Ksar of Ait-Ben-Haddou Historic City of Meknes Archaeological Site of Volubilis Medina of Teacutetouan Medina of Essaouira Portuguese City of Mazagan (El Jadida) Rabat Modern Capital and Historic City
Mozambique Island of Mozambique
Namibia Twyfelfontein Namib Sand Sea
Niger Air and Teacuteneacutereacute Natural Reserves W National Park of Niger Historic Centre of Agadez
Nigeria Sukur Cultural Landscape Osun-Osogbo Sacred Grove
Papua New Guinea Kuk Early Agricultural Site
Senegal Island of Goreacutee Niokolo-Koba National Park Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary Island of Saint-Louis Stone Circles of Senegambia Saloum Delta Bassari Fula amp Bedik Cultural Landscapes
Seychelles Aldabra Atoll Valleacutee de Mai Nature Reserve
South Africa Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa iSimangaliso Wetland Park Robben Island Maloti-Drakensberg Park Mapungubwe Cultural Landscape Cape Floral Region Protected Areas Vredefort Dome Richtersveld Cultural amp Botanical Landscape
Sudan Gebel Barkal amp Sites of the Napatan Region Archaeological Sites of Meroe Island
Tanzania Ngorongoro Conservation Area 29 Ruins of Kilwa Kisiwani amp Songo Mnara Serengeti National Park Selous Game Reserve Kilimanjaro National Park Stone Town of Zanzibar Kondoa Rock-Art Sites
Togo Koutammakou - Land of the Batammariba
Tunisia Amphitheatre of El Jem Archaeological Site of Carthage Medina of Tunis Ichkeul National Park Punic Town of Kerkuane amp its Necropolis Kairouan Medina of Sousse Dougga Thugga
Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Rwenzori Mountains National Park Tombs of Buganda Kings at Kasubi
Zambia Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls
Zimbabwe Mana Pools Sapi amp Chewore Safari Areas Great Zimbabwe National Monument Khami Ruins National Monument Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls Matobo Hills
Legend = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Sites in Danger = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Transboundary Property Citeria numbering of this property has changed See Decision 30COM 8D1
World HeritageSite List
Africa
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
HOSPITALITYTsogo Sun Develops Entrepreneurs
June 2014s article comments received on the Tourism Tattler website and Facebook pages
wwwlivingstonessupplycocoza
WinMama Lindis comment has been chosen as the prize winner for June 2014
Lindis prize of a IsoSteel Stainless Steel Flask will be delivered with the compliments of Livingstones Supply Co ndash Suppliers of the Finest Products to the Hospitality Industry
Editor
The Africa Diaries is a powerful first -person account of the Jouberts extraordinary work as wildlife researchers and conservationists They document their odyssey through passages culled from the pages of their field journals and over 130 stunning full-colour photographs giving readers a rare insight into their unusual lives in the African bush An illustrated memoir of life in the bush by Dereck and Beverly Joubert
JULY 201406 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
wwwtourismtattlercomtsogo-sun-develops-entrepreneurs
Submitted on 20140604 at 1103 am
Just want to congratulate you for the stunning job you are doing for SMErsquos in the tourism sector You are one of the kind I have started a tourism attraction of note in Orlando East Soweto so your contribution speaks to my heart With you around the is hope for South Africa
Mama Lindi Dlamini - Wozabona Cultural House
The winning comment posted on the Tattler website during the month of June 2014 will receive a copy of Derek and Beverley Jouberts
coffee table book The African Diaries with the compliments of Livingstones Supply Co ndash Suppliers of the Finest Products to the
Hospitality Industry
Article Comments
Congratulations to Lindi Dlamini
Connect with Livingstones on
Hospitality Industry
wwwtourismtattlercomporini-comments-on-kenya
Submitted on 20140613 at 657 am
Kenyarsquos cultural attractions datE back several hundred years in addition to a year-round tropical climate Great place and I also love it Felix - Wal-Mark Africa Safaris
TRADE NEWSWhy I Love Kenya
BUSINESSSo you want to be a Tour Operator
wwwtourismtattlercomso-you-want-to-be-a-tour-operator
Submitted on 20140617 at 1242 am
Irsquod like to receive more information on the Tour Operators Course offered in Cape Town Irsquod like to start a Tour Operating business once Irsquove completed this course I look forward to your response
Wilma Jungschlager
Submitted on 20140621 at 137 pm | In reply to Wilma Jungschlager
Hi Wilma SATSA will be doing a Tour Operator course in Cape Town from 25 ndash 29 August 2014 Read the article at httpwww
tourismtattlercomtour-operators-course-for-cape-town
Desmond Langkilde
bull bull
Livingstones Supply Co ndash
JULY 2014 07Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Our Value Contributing Services to CCs PTYs Trusts Sole Prop and Individuals
and more
Contact us for more information +27(11) 475 8422 | wwwsyncbscoza
Consulting bull Accounting Tax bull Payroll bull Secretarial
bull Business Consultingbull Outsourced Servicesbull Business Start-Up Secretarial amp Registrationsbull Bookkeeping Accounting amp Reporting bull Payroll bull Independent Reviews amp Accounting Officer Dutiesbull Auditingbull Tax Consulting amp Compliance bull BBBEE Consulting bull Sage Pastel Software Reseller
Everything my business needshellip
0505_PrintAd_SYNCBS(180X120)_Finindd 1 20140207 121 AM
World Travel Market Senior Director Simon Presspreviews WTM 2014
Whatrsquos new for WTM 2014WTM 2014 will be the best yet as World Travel Market celebrates its35th event This will be marked by extended opening hours to facilitateeven more business deals
Opening from 9am Monday ndash Thursday (previously 10am) WTMwill give exhibitors and buyers from WTM Buyersrsquo Club an extra houreach day to agree business deals
Furthermore the event will stay open for an extra two hours to 8pmon the Wednesday evening giving exhibitors the opportunity to hostWTM 35th event celebrations on their stands
How much business can exhibitors expect to conductWTM 2013 facilitated more than pound22 billion in industry deals ndashwith African exhibitors agreeing pound161 million in contracts Thisyear we expect even more business will be conducted by South Africanexhibitors and at the event in general One of the best ways forexhibitors to meet new buyers and sign deals is the WTM SpeedNetworking which takes place on Monday and Thursday mornings
What will the event programme look like at WTM 2014This year sees the introduction of a Spa and Wellness Programme tothe highly successful events programme There will be more than 100sessions covering a range of topics including aviation cruise socialmedia and responsible tourism WTM 2013 Events Programme has anattendance of more than 16000 ndash a 95 increase on WTM 2012
Which exhibitors should we look out forVISITFLANDERS - WTMrsquos Premier Partner - is commemorating the100th Anniversary of the Great War Brand USA has increased itspresence as part of its aim to hit 100m international visitors
Where can South African buyers and visitors register forWTM 2014Visit wwwwtmlondoncomregister
1
2
3
4
5
MORE THAN
PARTICIPANTS
ABOUT
8500 MEMBERS
generated atWTMreg 2013
pound22bn
50000
generated at
of newbusiness
attendees8500buyers
from 186 countries
A record
3 ndash 6 November 2014ExCeL London
Register nowwtmlondoncom
Official Partner
Official Media Partner
WTMreg
Means business
Advertorial Tourism Tattler_Layout 1 11062014 1057 Page 1
Great White Shark Attraction
In South Africa both tourists and locals are privileged to have access to great white sharks in abundance minus if one knows where to go when and with whom Booking with a professional and credible shark excursion service provider is essential to ensure that this once-in-a-lifetime experience is a safe and memorable oneOne such service provider is White Shark Projects located in Ganbaai who have set a bench mark for responsible tourism in the industry White Shark Projects have a philosophy that involves sharing the countrys natural and cultural riches whilst contributing positively to the preservation and growth of the local community and environment The company was founded in 1990 purely for research and conservation out of this the commercial arm was born Today the commercial arm is still funding various research and conservation projects White Shark Project are the financial partner to the South African Shark Conservancy whose research not only focuses on great whites but also on other shark species Their conservation and educational departments are enhanced by a volunteer programme White Shark Projects supports sustainable job creation and upliftment projects and fosters ecological awareness among surrounding communities The company is Fair Trade in Tourism accredited as well as bonded by the Southern Africa Tourism Services Association
For the adventurous traveller there is no greater adrenaline rush than
interacting with a great white shark in its own territory
JULY 2014 09Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
ATTRACTIONS
(SATSA) thus ensuring peace of mind that your clients are in capable accredited hands In addition White Shark Projects are covered by comprehensive public liability insurance underwritten by Lloyds of London Their primary focus at White Shark Projects is to educate and to address misconceptions which in turn will help lead to protection of the species The best season for Shark viewing Dyer Island is a good place to see sharks all year round So weather permitting White Shark Projects tours run daily however prime viewing time is in the South African winter months when the sharks have a
particularly active feeding pattern The following guide is based on observations over the past eight years Allow for an overlap between seasons Peak season April to October (99 success rate) Recommended High season November to December (90 ndash 99 success rate) Intermediate season January to March (80 ndash 90 success rate) Water temperatures vary between 12 and 20 degrees Celsius during peak and high season and between 10 and 16 degrees Celsius during intermediate season
For more information visit wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
+27 (0)28 384 1774 | bookingswhitesharkprojectscoza | wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
South Africa
JULY 201410 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
BUSINESS
The information below was extracted from data available as at 25 July 2014 By Martin Jansen van Vuuren of Grant Thornton
ARRIVALSThe latest available data from Statistics South Africa is for January to December 2013 (Note Stats SA recently revised data for Nov - Dec)
Current period Change over same period last year
UK 442 523 10
Germany 304 090 142
USA 348 646 67
India 112 672 55
China 151 847 147
Overseas Arrivals (excl same day visitors) 2 683 141 71
African Arrivals 6 913 783 39
Total Foreign Arrivals 9 616 964 47
NB African Arrivals plus Overseas Arrivals do not add up to Total Foreign Arrivals due to the exclusion of unspecified arrivals which cannot be allocated to either African or Overseas
HOTEL STATSThe latest available data from STR Global is for January to April 2014
Current period Average Room Average Room Revenue Per Available Occupancy (ARO) Rate (ARR) Room (RevPAR)
All Hotels in SA 628 R 1 072 R 672
All 5-star hotels in SA 664 R 1 947 R 1 292
All 4-star hotels in SA 622 R 1 003 R 624
All 3-star hotels in SA 624 R 817 R 510
Change over same period last year
All Hotels in SA 02 90 92
All 5-star hotels in SA 25 99 126
All 4-star hotels in SA -13 67 53
All 3-star hotels in SA 16 79 96
ACSA DATAThe latest available data from ACSA is for January to April 2014
Change over same period last year Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on International Flights Regional Flights Domestic Flights
OR Tambo International 13 66 -10
Cape Town International 68 82 21
King Shaka International 161 NA -41
BUSINESSBUSINESS
Market IntelligenceReport
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR MY BUSINESS
The data from STR Global indicates that room rates of hotels continue to improve across all grades of hotels but the occupancies seem to have stabilised So the same number of people are still arriving but they are paying more for their rooms
The data from ACSA indicates that domestic air travel is slowing down with declines in Johannesburg and Durban International air travel is also slowing to Johannesburg while Cape Town is achieving growth Durban is achieving strong growth off a low base
What this seems to mean for the tourism industry is that the number of tourist are not necessarily up in the first four months of the year but they are paying more for their stay so tourism revenues should be up
For more information contact Martin at Grant Thornton on +27 (0)21 417 8838 or visit httpwwwgtcoza
wersquore more than an airline
Itrsquos never been simpler to book your travel - with fl ights cars and hotels all available on
kululacom So whether yoursquove got a wedding in Warmbaths or a conference
in Calitzdorp wersquove got your trip across Mzansi covered Now thatrsquos full-on travel
KIN
GJA
MES
280
20
JULY 2014 11Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
JULY 201412 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
relevant app store (subject to FICA regulations) The proprietary iKhokha online portal removes much of the hassle that SMMEs would normally face when signing up with their bank through traditional channels Once paid for and approved the Edge is delivered to the merchant The solution is available to all businesses irrespective of their bank
Merchants pay a once-off cost of R98900 (incl VAT) for the Edge Chip amp PIN card reader and thereafter a flat 275 per transaction minus there are no hidden monthly fees iKhokha will also be offering a 24 month rental option for merchants looking to avoid an upfront cost
The Edge card reader is available in four coloursndash black white yellow and pinkndash and both the Edge and iKhokha mobile app are compatible with iPhone 4 upwards and most Android mobile devices
iKhokha will continue to expand its mobile service offering using the Edge device as the secure foundation on which to provide further innovation for all South African businesses
For more information visit wwwiKhokhacom
Facebook wwwfacebookcomikhokha
Twitter ikhokhasa
Instagram ikhokhasa
YouTube wwwyoutubecomikhokha
To enter this competition simply find the answer to the following question (the answer can be found in the text below) and visit the Tourism Tattler website at wwwtourismtattlercomp=13134
ldquoWhat does the iKhokha Edge do for a mobile phonerdquo
The first five correct entries drawn after the closing date of 28 July 2014 will each win one iKhokha Edge Chip amp PIN card reader complete with mobile application software download with the compliments of Emerge Mobile (TampCs apply - refer link)
The Edge a secure Chip amp PIN card reader that plugs into a smartphone and coupled with the iKhokha mobile app transforms the phone into a secure mobile Point of Sale (mPOS) terminal thus enabling merchants to process bank card payments ndash anywhere in South Africa
Using the Edge a wide range of South African businesses are also able to tender cash card and mobile transactions sell value-added services (such as airtime) and monitor and track sales performance and transactional history through the slick and easy to use Mobile App
Simplicity service and security are the three pillars on which the iKhokha ethos has been built The proudly South African developed and manufactured solution has been through an incredibly rigorous international testing process with regulatory bodies and card schemes to ensure world class security
To ldquoGet the Edgerdquo business owners simply apply via the website at wwwikhokhacom and then download the iKhokha app from the
WINNER OF THE THULA THULA FAMILY SAFARI GETAWAY COMPETITION FROM THE JUNE 2014 EDITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Geraint Piercey of African Twist Travel
Geraint has won a safari getaway consisting of 2 nights for two adults and two children sharing a Family Tent at the Luxury Tented Camp in Thula Thula Private Game Reserve The prize is on a full board basis and includes 2 Game Drives andor Guided Walking Safaris each day with the compliments of Thula Thula Private Game Reserve
wwwthulathulacom
Note Read the Terms and Conditions of this competition at wwwtourismtattlercomwp-contentimagesCompetition-July2014-TermsConditionspdf
1 of 5 iKhokha EdgemPOS Card Readers
WIN
C O M P E T I T I O N
JULY 2014 13Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
CONSERVATION
Botswanarsquos Okavango Delta became the 1000th site inscribed on the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) World Heritage List on 22 June This significant listing increases Africas
protected resources to 89 properties By Des Langkilde
World HeritageOkavango
Delta
JULY 201414 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
The Okavango was inscribed as a natural site by the World Heritage Committee which met in Doha (Qatar) on 22 June 2014
The Okavango Delta in northwest Botswana comprises permanent marshlands and seasonally flooded plains It is one of the very few major interior delta systems that do not flow into a sea or ocean with a wetland system that is almost intact
One of the unique characteristics of the site is that the annual flooding from the river Okavango occurs during the dry season with the result that the native plants and animals have synchronised their biological cycles with these seasonal rains and floods It is an exceptional example of the interaction between climatic hydrological and biological processes
The Okavango delta is home to some of the worldrsquos most endangered species of large mammal such as the cheetah white rhinoceros black rhinoceros African wild dog and lion The most populous large mammal is the lechwe antelope with more than 60000 It is a little larger than an impala with elongated hooves and a water repellent substance on their legs that enables rapid movement through knee deep water
For more information visit httpenwikipediaorgwikiOkavango_Delta
Why World Heritage Sites are important
What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application World Heritage sites belong to all the peoples of the world irrespective of the territory on which they are located
World Heritage status can bring enormous prestige to a site and help foster social cohesion and pride in a local community
It may help to promote the site internationally and attract new visitors if appropriate and encourages the highest quality standards for welcoming visitors and managing the site and can act as the focus for tourism and economic regeneration
It also means international accountability If a site is threatened it can be added to the List of World Heritage in Danger by the World Heritage Committee
To obtain World Heritage status sites have to be nominated by their government to the World Heritage Committee an intergovernmental body set up by UNESCO
The Committee meets once a year and decides on new inscriptions following an assessment by specialist international bodies ICOMOS for cultural sites and IUCN for natural sites
The film which is currently in production features the expedition of four entrepid explorers as they undertake a two month crossing of the Okavango River System in Mokoro dug-out canoes from the source in Angola all the way 1000 miles down the river through Namibiarsquos Caprivi Strip and into an untouched wilderness in the heart of the Okavango Delta in Botswana
The team consists of Dr Steven Boyes (Ornithologist) Dr Kirsten Wimberger (Primotologist) Chris Boyes (Marine Biologist) and Dr Karen Ross (Ecologist) Film director Neil Gelinas is contributing his extensive experience as Senior Producer for National Geographic
For more information visit wwwokavangofilmcom
Okavango film to advocate for a TrindashNation (AngolandashNamibiandashBotswana) World Heritage Site
CONSERVATION
JULY 2014 15Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Compared to the global number of World Heritage Sites (1007 total) Africa has 89 (9) with 48 Cultural 37 Natural and 4 Mixed properties Europe and North America have the highest at 479 (48) followed by Asia and the Pacific at 231 (23) Latin America and the Caribbean at 131(13) and the Arab States at 77 (8)
Albania Butrint Historic Centres of Berat and Gjirokastra
Algeria Al Qala of Beni Hammad Djeacutemila MZab Valley Tassili nAjjer Timgad Tipasa Kasbah of Algiers
Belize Belize Barrier Reef Reserve System
Benin Royal Palaces of Abomey
Botswana Tsodilo Okavango Delta
Burkina Faso Ruins of Loropeacuteni
Cabo Verde Cidade Velha Historic Centre of Ribeira Grande
Cameroon Dja Faunal Reserve Sangha Trinational
Central African Republic Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park Sangha Trinational
Chad Lakes of Ounianga
Congo Sangha Trinational
Cocircte dIvoire Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve Taiuml National Park Comoeacute National Park Historic Town of Grand-Bassam
Democratic Republic of the Congo Virunga National Park Kahuzi-Biega National Park Garamba National Park Salonga National Park Okapi Wildlife Reserve
Egypt Abu Mena Ancient Thebes with its Necropolis Historic Cairo Memphis and its Necropolis Nubian Monuments Saint Catherine Area Wadi Al-Hitan (Whale Valley)
Ethiopia Simien National Park Rock-Hewn Churches Lalibela Fasil Ghebbi Gondar Region Aksum Lower Valley of the Awash Lower Valley of the Omo Tiya Harar Jugol the Fortified Historic Town Konso Cultural Landscape
Gabon Cultural Landscape of Lopeacute-Okanda
Gambia Kunta Kinteh Island and Related Sites Stone Circles of Senegambia
Ghana Forts and Castles Volta Greater Accra Asante Traditional Buildings
Guinea Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve
Kenya Lake Turkana National Parks Mount Kenya National ParkNatural Forest Lamu Old Town Mijikenda Kaya Forests Fort Jesus Mombasa Kenya Lake System in the Great Rift Valley
Lesotho Maloti-Drakensberg Park
Madagascar Tsingy de Bemaraha Strict Nature Reserve Royal Hill of Ambohimanga Rainforests of the Atsinanana
Malawi Lake Malawi National Park Chongoni Rock-Art Area
Mali Timbuktu Old Towns of Djenneacute Cliff of Bandiagara (Land of the Dogons) Tomb of Askia
Mauritania Banc dArguin National Park Ouadane Chinguetti Tichitt and Oualata
Mauritius Aapravasi Ghat Le Morne Cultural Landscape
Morocco Medina of Fez Medina of Marrakesh Ksar of Ait-Ben-Haddou Historic City of Meknes Archaeological Site of Volubilis Medina of Teacutetouan Medina of Essaouira Portuguese City of Mazagan (El Jadida) Rabat Modern Capital and Historic City
Mozambique Island of Mozambique
Namibia Twyfelfontein Namib Sand Sea
Niger Air and Teacuteneacutereacute Natural Reserves W National Park of Niger Historic Centre of Agadez
Nigeria Sukur Cultural Landscape Osun-Osogbo Sacred Grove
Papua New Guinea Kuk Early Agricultural Site
Senegal Island of Goreacutee Niokolo-Koba National Park Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary Island of Saint-Louis Stone Circles of Senegambia Saloum Delta Bassari Fula amp Bedik Cultural Landscapes
Seychelles Aldabra Atoll Valleacutee de Mai Nature Reserve
South Africa Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa iSimangaliso Wetland Park Robben Island Maloti-Drakensberg Park Mapungubwe Cultural Landscape Cape Floral Region Protected Areas Vredefort Dome Richtersveld Cultural amp Botanical Landscape
Sudan Gebel Barkal amp Sites of the Napatan Region Archaeological Sites of Meroe Island
Tanzania Ngorongoro Conservation Area 29 Ruins of Kilwa Kisiwani amp Songo Mnara Serengeti National Park Selous Game Reserve Kilimanjaro National Park Stone Town of Zanzibar Kondoa Rock-Art Sites
Togo Koutammakou - Land of the Batammariba
Tunisia Amphitheatre of El Jem Archaeological Site of Carthage Medina of Tunis Ichkeul National Park Punic Town of Kerkuane amp its Necropolis Kairouan Medina of Sousse Dougga Thugga
Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Rwenzori Mountains National Park Tombs of Buganda Kings at Kasubi
Zambia Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls
Zimbabwe Mana Pools Sapi amp Chewore Safari Areas Great Zimbabwe National Monument Khami Ruins National Monument Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls Matobo Hills
Legend = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Sites in Danger = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Transboundary Property Citeria numbering of this property has changed See Decision 30COM 8D1
World HeritageSite List
Africa
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 2014 07Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Our Value Contributing Services to CCs PTYs Trusts Sole Prop and Individuals
and more
Contact us for more information +27(11) 475 8422 | wwwsyncbscoza
Consulting bull Accounting Tax bull Payroll bull Secretarial
bull Business Consultingbull Outsourced Servicesbull Business Start-Up Secretarial amp Registrationsbull Bookkeeping Accounting amp Reporting bull Payroll bull Independent Reviews amp Accounting Officer Dutiesbull Auditingbull Tax Consulting amp Compliance bull BBBEE Consulting bull Sage Pastel Software Reseller
Everything my business needshellip
0505_PrintAd_SYNCBS(180X120)_Finindd 1 20140207 121 AM
World Travel Market Senior Director Simon Presspreviews WTM 2014
Whatrsquos new for WTM 2014WTM 2014 will be the best yet as World Travel Market celebrates its35th event This will be marked by extended opening hours to facilitateeven more business deals
Opening from 9am Monday ndash Thursday (previously 10am) WTMwill give exhibitors and buyers from WTM Buyersrsquo Club an extra houreach day to agree business deals
Furthermore the event will stay open for an extra two hours to 8pmon the Wednesday evening giving exhibitors the opportunity to hostWTM 35th event celebrations on their stands
How much business can exhibitors expect to conductWTM 2013 facilitated more than pound22 billion in industry deals ndashwith African exhibitors agreeing pound161 million in contracts Thisyear we expect even more business will be conducted by South Africanexhibitors and at the event in general One of the best ways forexhibitors to meet new buyers and sign deals is the WTM SpeedNetworking which takes place on Monday and Thursday mornings
What will the event programme look like at WTM 2014This year sees the introduction of a Spa and Wellness Programme tothe highly successful events programme There will be more than 100sessions covering a range of topics including aviation cruise socialmedia and responsible tourism WTM 2013 Events Programme has anattendance of more than 16000 ndash a 95 increase on WTM 2012
Which exhibitors should we look out forVISITFLANDERS - WTMrsquos Premier Partner - is commemorating the100th Anniversary of the Great War Brand USA has increased itspresence as part of its aim to hit 100m international visitors
Where can South African buyers and visitors register forWTM 2014Visit wwwwtmlondoncomregister
1
2
3
4
5
MORE THAN
PARTICIPANTS
ABOUT
8500 MEMBERS
generated atWTMreg 2013
pound22bn
50000
generated at
of newbusiness
attendees8500buyers
from 186 countries
A record
3 ndash 6 November 2014ExCeL London
Register nowwtmlondoncom
Official Partner
Official Media Partner
WTMreg
Means business
Advertorial Tourism Tattler_Layout 1 11062014 1057 Page 1
Great White Shark Attraction
In South Africa both tourists and locals are privileged to have access to great white sharks in abundance minus if one knows where to go when and with whom Booking with a professional and credible shark excursion service provider is essential to ensure that this once-in-a-lifetime experience is a safe and memorable oneOne such service provider is White Shark Projects located in Ganbaai who have set a bench mark for responsible tourism in the industry White Shark Projects have a philosophy that involves sharing the countrys natural and cultural riches whilst contributing positively to the preservation and growth of the local community and environment The company was founded in 1990 purely for research and conservation out of this the commercial arm was born Today the commercial arm is still funding various research and conservation projects White Shark Project are the financial partner to the South African Shark Conservancy whose research not only focuses on great whites but also on other shark species Their conservation and educational departments are enhanced by a volunteer programme White Shark Projects supports sustainable job creation and upliftment projects and fosters ecological awareness among surrounding communities The company is Fair Trade in Tourism accredited as well as bonded by the Southern Africa Tourism Services Association
For the adventurous traveller there is no greater adrenaline rush than
interacting with a great white shark in its own territory
JULY 2014 09Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
ATTRACTIONS
(SATSA) thus ensuring peace of mind that your clients are in capable accredited hands In addition White Shark Projects are covered by comprehensive public liability insurance underwritten by Lloyds of London Their primary focus at White Shark Projects is to educate and to address misconceptions which in turn will help lead to protection of the species The best season for Shark viewing Dyer Island is a good place to see sharks all year round So weather permitting White Shark Projects tours run daily however prime viewing time is in the South African winter months when the sharks have a
particularly active feeding pattern The following guide is based on observations over the past eight years Allow for an overlap between seasons Peak season April to October (99 success rate) Recommended High season November to December (90 ndash 99 success rate) Intermediate season January to March (80 ndash 90 success rate) Water temperatures vary between 12 and 20 degrees Celsius during peak and high season and between 10 and 16 degrees Celsius during intermediate season
For more information visit wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
+27 (0)28 384 1774 | bookingswhitesharkprojectscoza | wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
South Africa
JULY 201410 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
BUSINESS
The information below was extracted from data available as at 25 July 2014 By Martin Jansen van Vuuren of Grant Thornton
ARRIVALSThe latest available data from Statistics South Africa is for January to December 2013 (Note Stats SA recently revised data for Nov - Dec)
Current period Change over same period last year
UK 442 523 10
Germany 304 090 142
USA 348 646 67
India 112 672 55
China 151 847 147
Overseas Arrivals (excl same day visitors) 2 683 141 71
African Arrivals 6 913 783 39
Total Foreign Arrivals 9 616 964 47
NB African Arrivals plus Overseas Arrivals do not add up to Total Foreign Arrivals due to the exclusion of unspecified arrivals which cannot be allocated to either African or Overseas
HOTEL STATSThe latest available data from STR Global is for January to April 2014
Current period Average Room Average Room Revenue Per Available Occupancy (ARO) Rate (ARR) Room (RevPAR)
All Hotels in SA 628 R 1 072 R 672
All 5-star hotels in SA 664 R 1 947 R 1 292
All 4-star hotels in SA 622 R 1 003 R 624
All 3-star hotels in SA 624 R 817 R 510
Change over same period last year
All Hotels in SA 02 90 92
All 5-star hotels in SA 25 99 126
All 4-star hotels in SA -13 67 53
All 3-star hotels in SA 16 79 96
ACSA DATAThe latest available data from ACSA is for January to April 2014
Change over same period last year Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on International Flights Regional Flights Domestic Flights
OR Tambo International 13 66 -10
Cape Town International 68 82 21
King Shaka International 161 NA -41
BUSINESSBUSINESS
Market IntelligenceReport
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR MY BUSINESS
The data from STR Global indicates that room rates of hotels continue to improve across all grades of hotels but the occupancies seem to have stabilised So the same number of people are still arriving but they are paying more for their rooms
The data from ACSA indicates that domestic air travel is slowing down with declines in Johannesburg and Durban International air travel is also slowing to Johannesburg while Cape Town is achieving growth Durban is achieving strong growth off a low base
What this seems to mean for the tourism industry is that the number of tourist are not necessarily up in the first four months of the year but they are paying more for their stay so tourism revenues should be up
For more information contact Martin at Grant Thornton on +27 (0)21 417 8838 or visit httpwwwgtcoza
wersquore more than an airline
Itrsquos never been simpler to book your travel - with fl ights cars and hotels all available on
kululacom So whether yoursquove got a wedding in Warmbaths or a conference
in Calitzdorp wersquove got your trip across Mzansi covered Now thatrsquos full-on travel
KIN
GJA
MES
280
20
JULY 2014 11Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
JULY 201412 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
relevant app store (subject to FICA regulations) The proprietary iKhokha online portal removes much of the hassle that SMMEs would normally face when signing up with their bank through traditional channels Once paid for and approved the Edge is delivered to the merchant The solution is available to all businesses irrespective of their bank
Merchants pay a once-off cost of R98900 (incl VAT) for the Edge Chip amp PIN card reader and thereafter a flat 275 per transaction minus there are no hidden monthly fees iKhokha will also be offering a 24 month rental option for merchants looking to avoid an upfront cost
The Edge card reader is available in four coloursndash black white yellow and pinkndash and both the Edge and iKhokha mobile app are compatible with iPhone 4 upwards and most Android mobile devices
iKhokha will continue to expand its mobile service offering using the Edge device as the secure foundation on which to provide further innovation for all South African businesses
For more information visit wwwiKhokhacom
Facebook wwwfacebookcomikhokha
Twitter ikhokhasa
Instagram ikhokhasa
YouTube wwwyoutubecomikhokha
To enter this competition simply find the answer to the following question (the answer can be found in the text below) and visit the Tourism Tattler website at wwwtourismtattlercomp=13134
ldquoWhat does the iKhokha Edge do for a mobile phonerdquo
The first five correct entries drawn after the closing date of 28 July 2014 will each win one iKhokha Edge Chip amp PIN card reader complete with mobile application software download with the compliments of Emerge Mobile (TampCs apply - refer link)
The Edge a secure Chip amp PIN card reader that plugs into a smartphone and coupled with the iKhokha mobile app transforms the phone into a secure mobile Point of Sale (mPOS) terminal thus enabling merchants to process bank card payments ndash anywhere in South Africa
Using the Edge a wide range of South African businesses are also able to tender cash card and mobile transactions sell value-added services (such as airtime) and monitor and track sales performance and transactional history through the slick and easy to use Mobile App
Simplicity service and security are the three pillars on which the iKhokha ethos has been built The proudly South African developed and manufactured solution has been through an incredibly rigorous international testing process with regulatory bodies and card schemes to ensure world class security
To ldquoGet the Edgerdquo business owners simply apply via the website at wwwikhokhacom and then download the iKhokha app from the
WINNER OF THE THULA THULA FAMILY SAFARI GETAWAY COMPETITION FROM THE JUNE 2014 EDITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Geraint Piercey of African Twist Travel
Geraint has won a safari getaway consisting of 2 nights for two adults and two children sharing a Family Tent at the Luxury Tented Camp in Thula Thula Private Game Reserve The prize is on a full board basis and includes 2 Game Drives andor Guided Walking Safaris each day with the compliments of Thula Thula Private Game Reserve
wwwthulathulacom
Note Read the Terms and Conditions of this competition at wwwtourismtattlercomwp-contentimagesCompetition-July2014-TermsConditionspdf
1 of 5 iKhokha EdgemPOS Card Readers
WIN
C O M P E T I T I O N
JULY 2014 13Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
CONSERVATION
Botswanarsquos Okavango Delta became the 1000th site inscribed on the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) World Heritage List on 22 June This significant listing increases Africas
protected resources to 89 properties By Des Langkilde
World HeritageOkavango
Delta
JULY 201414 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
The Okavango was inscribed as a natural site by the World Heritage Committee which met in Doha (Qatar) on 22 June 2014
The Okavango Delta in northwest Botswana comprises permanent marshlands and seasonally flooded plains It is one of the very few major interior delta systems that do not flow into a sea or ocean with a wetland system that is almost intact
One of the unique characteristics of the site is that the annual flooding from the river Okavango occurs during the dry season with the result that the native plants and animals have synchronised their biological cycles with these seasonal rains and floods It is an exceptional example of the interaction between climatic hydrological and biological processes
The Okavango delta is home to some of the worldrsquos most endangered species of large mammal such as the cheetah white rhinoceros black rhinoceros African wild dog and lion The most populous large mammal is the lechwe antelope with more than 60000 It is a little larger than an impala with elongated hooves and a water repellent substance on their legs that enables rapid movement through knee deep water
For more information visit httpenwikipediaorgwikiOkavango_Delta
Why World Heritage Sites are important
What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application World Heritage sites belong to all the peoples of the world irrespective of the territory on which they are located
World Heritage status can bring enormous prestige to a site and help foster social cohesion and pride in a local community
It may help to promote the site internationally and attract new visitors if appropriate and encourages the highest quality standards for welcoming visitors and managing the site and can act as the focus for tourism and economic regeneration
It also means international accountability If a site is threatened it can be added to the List of World Heritage in Danger by the World Heritage Committee
To obtain World Heritage status sites have to be nominated by their government to the World Heritage Committee an intergovernmental body set up by UNESCO
The Committee meets once a year and decides on new inscriptions following an assessment by specialist international bodies ICOMOS for cultural sites and IUCN for natural sites
The film which is currently in production features the expedition of four entrepid explorers as they undertake a two month crossing of the Okavango River System in Mokoro dug-out canoes from the source in Angola all the way 1000 miles down the river through Namibiarsquos Caprivi Strip and into an untouched wilderness in the heart of the Okavango Delta in Botswana
The team consists of Dr Steven Boyes (Ornithologist) Dr Kirsten Wimberger (Primotologist) Chris Boyes (Marine Biologist) and Dr Karen Ross (Ecologist) Film director Neil Gelinas is contributing his extensive experience as Senior Producer for National Geographic
For more information visit wwwokavangofilmcom
Okavango film to advocate for a TrindashNation (AngolandashNamibiandashBotswana) World Heritage Site
CONSERVATION
JULY 2014 15Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Compared to the global number of World Heritage Sites (1007 total) Africa has 89 (9) with 48 Cultural 37 Natural and 4 Mixed properties Europe and North America have the highest at 479 (48) followed by Asia and the Pacific at 231 (23) Latin America and the Caribbean at 131(13) and the Arab States at 77 (8)
Albania Butrint Historic Centres of Berat and Gjirokastra
Algeria Al Qala of Beni Hammad Djeacutemila MZab Valley Tassili nAjjer Timgad Tipasa Kasbah of Algiers
Belize Belize Barrier Reef Reserve System
Benin Royal Palaces of Abomey
Botswana Tsodilo Okavango Delta
Burkina Faso Ruins of Loropeacuteni
Cabo Verde Cidade Velha Historic Centre of Ribeira Grande
Cameroon Dja Faunal Reserve Sangha Trinational
Central African Republic Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park Sangha Trinational
Chad Lakes of Ounianga
Congo Sangha Trinational
Cocircte dIvoire Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve Taiuml National Park Comoeacute National Park Historic Town of Grand-Bassam
Democratic Republic of the Congo Virunga National Park Kahuzi-Biega National Park Garamba National Park Salonga National Park Okapi Wildlife Reserve
Egypt Abu Mena Ancient Thebes with its Necropolis Historic Cairo Memphis and its Necropolis Nubian Monuments Saint Catherine Area Wadi Al-Hitan (Whale Valley)
Ethiopia Simien National Park Rock-Hewn Churches Lalibela Fasil Ghebbi Gondar Region Aksum Lower Valley of the Awash Lower Valley of the Omo Tiya Harar Jugol the Fortified Historic Town Konso Cultural Landscape
Gabon Cultural Landscape of Lopeacute-Okanda
Gambia Kunta Kinteh Island and Related Sites Stone Circles of Senegambia
Ghana Forts and Castles Volta Greater Accra Asante Traditional Buildings
Guinea Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve
Kenya Lake Turkana National Parks Mount Kenya National ParkNatural Forest Lamu Old Town Mijikenda Kaya Forests Fort Jesus Mombasa Kenya Lake System in the Great Rift Valley
Lesotho Maloti-Drakensberg Park
Madagascar Tsingy de Bemaraha Strict Nature Reserve Royal Hill of Ambohimanga Rainforests of the Atsinanana
Malawi Lake Malawi National Park Chongoni Rock-Art Area
Mali Timbuktu Old Towns of Djenneacute Cliff of Bandiagara (Land of the Dogons) Tomb of Askia
Mauritania Banc dArguin National Park Ouadane Chinguetti Tichitt and Oualata
Mauritius Aapravasi Ghat Le Morne Cultural Landscape
Morocco Medina of Fez Medina of Marrakesh Ksar of Ait-Ben-Haddou Historic City of Meknes Archaeological Site of Volubilis Medina of Teacutetouan Medina of Essaouira Portuguese City of Mazagan (El Jadida) Rabat Modern Capital and Historic City
Mozambique Island of Mozambique
Namibia Twyfelfontein Namib Sand Sea
Niger Air and Teacuteneacutereacute Natural Reserves W National Park of Niger Historic Centre of Agadez
Nigeria Sukur Cultural Landscape Osun-Osogbo Sacred Grove
Papua New Guinea Kuk Early Agricultural Site
Senegal Island of Goreacutee Niokolo-Koba National Park Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary Island of Saint-Louis Stone Circles of Senegambia Saloum Delta Bassari Fula amp Bedik Cultural Landscapes
Seychelles Aldabra Atoll Valleacutee de Mai Nature Reserve
South Africa Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa iSimangaliso Wetland Park Robben Island Maloti-Drakensberg Park Mapungubwe Cultural Landscape Cape Floral Region Protected Areas Vredefort Dome Richtersveld Cultural amp Botanical Landscape
Sudan Gebel Barkal amp Sites of the Napatan Region Archaeological Sites of Meroe Island
Tanzania Ngorongoro Conservation Area 29 Ruins of Kilwa Kisiwani amp Songo Mnara Serengeti National Park Selous Game Reserve Kilimanjaro National Park Stone Town of Zanzibar Kondoa Rock-Art Sites
Togo Koutammakou - Land of the Batammariba
Tunisia Amphitheatre of El Jem Archaeological Site of Carthage Medina of Tunis Ichkeul National Park Punic Town of Kerkuane amp its Necropolis Kairouan Medina of Sousse Dougga Thugga
Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Rwenzori Mountains National Park Tombs of Buganda Kings at Kasubi
Zambia Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls
Zimbabwe Mana Pools Sapi amp Chewore Safari Areas Great Zimbabwe National Monument Khami Ruins National Monument Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls Matobo Hills
Legend = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Sites in Danger = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Transboundary Property Citeria numbering of this property has changed See Decision 30COM 8D1
World HeritageSite List
Africa
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
World Travel Market Senior Director Simon Presspreviews WTM 2014
Whatrsquos new for WTM 2014WTM 2014 will be the best yet as World Travel Market celebrates its35th event This will be marked by extended opening hours to facilitateeven more business deals
Opening from 9am Monday ndash Thursday (previously 10am) WTMwill give exhibitors and buyers from WTM Buyersrsquo Club an extra houreach day to agree business deals
Furthermore the event will stay open for an extra two hours to 8pmon the Wednesday evening giving exhibitors the opportunity to hostWTM 35th event celebrations on their stands
How much business can exhibitors expect to conductWTM 2013 facilitated more than pound22 billion in industry deals ndashwith African exhibitors agreeing pound161 million in contracts Thisyear we expect even more business will be conducted by South Africanexhibitors and at the event in general One of the best ways forexhibitors to meet new buyers and sign deals is the WTM SpeedNetworking which takes place on Monday and Thursday mornings
What will the event programme look like at WTM 2014This year sees the introduction of a Spa and Wellness Programme tothe highly successful events programme There will be more than 100sessions covering a range of topics including aviation cruise socialmedia and responsible tourism WTM 2013 Events Programme has anattendance of more than 16000 ndash a 95 increase on WTM 2012
Which exhibitors should we look out forVISITFLANDERS - WTMrsquos Premier Partner - is commemorating the100th Anniversary of the Great War Brand USA has increased itspresence as part of its aim to hit 100m international visitors
Where can South African buyers and visitors register forWTM 2014Visit wwwwtmlondoncomregister
1
2
3
4
5
MORE THAN
PARTICIPANTS
ABOUT
8500 MEMBERS
generated atWTMreg 2013
pound22bn
50000
generated at
of newbusiness
attendees8500buyers
from 186 countries
A record
3 ndash 6 November 2014ExCeL London
Register nowwtmlondoncom
Official Partner
Official Media Partner
WTMreg
Means business
Advertorial Tourism Tattler_Layout 1 11062014 1057 Page 1
Great White Shark Attraction
In South Africa both tourists and locals are privileged to have access to great white sharks in abundance minus if one knows where to go when and with whom Booking with a professional and credible shark excursion service provider is essential to ensure that this once-in-a-lifetime experience is a safe and memorable oneOne such service provider is White Shark Projects located in Ganbaai who have set a bench mark for responsible tourism in the industry White Shark Projects have a philosophy that involves sharing the countrys natural and cultural riches whilst contributing positively to the preservation and growth of the local community and environment The company was founded in 1990 purely for research and conservation out of this the commercial arm was born Today the commercial arm is still funding various research and conservation projects White Shark Project are the financial partner to the South African Shark Conservancy whose research not only focuses on great whites but also on other shark species Their conservation and educational departments are enhanced by a volunteer programme White Shark Projects supports sustainable job creation and upliftment projects and fosters ecological awareness among surrounding communities The company is Fair Trade in Tourism accredited as well as bonded by the Southern Africa Tourism Services Association
For the adventurous traveller there is no greater adrenaline rush than
interacting with a great white shark in its own territory
JULY 2014 09Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
ATTRACTIONS
(SATSA) thus ensuring peace of mind that your clients are in capable accredited hands In addition White Shark Projects are covered by comprehensive public liability insurance underwritten by Lloyds of London Their primary focus at White Shark Projects is to educate and to address misconceptions which in turn will help lead to protection of the species The best season for Shark viewing Dyer Island is a good place to see sharks all year round So weather permitting White Shark Projects tours run daily however prime viewing time is in the South African winter months when the sharks have a
particularly active feeding pattern The following guide is based on observations over the past eight years Allow for an overlap between seasons Peak season April to October (99 success rate) Recommended High season November to December (90 ndash 99 success rate) Intermediate season January to March (80 ndash 90 success rate) Water temperatures vary between 12 and 20 degrees Celsius during peak and high season and between 10 and 16 degrees Celsius during intermediate season
For more information visit wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
+27 (0)28 384 1774 | bookingswhitesharkprojectscoza | wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
South Africa
JULY 201410 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
BUSINESS
The information below was extracted from data available as at 25 July 2014 By Martin Jansen van Vuuren of Grant Thornton
ARRIVALSThe latest available data from Statistics South Africa is for January to December 2013 (Note Stats SA recently revised data for Nov - Dec)
Current period Change over same period last year
UK 442 523 10
Germany 304 090 142
USA 348 646 67
India 112 672 55
China 151 847 147
Overseas Arrivals (excl same day visitors) 2 683 141 71
African Arrivals 6 913 783 39
Total Foreign Arrivals 9 616 964 47
NB African Arrivals plus Overseas Arrivals do not add up to Total Foreign Arrivals due to the exclusion of unspecified arrivals which cannot be allocated to either African or Overseas
HOTEL STATSThe latest available data from STR Global is for January to April 2014
Current period Average Room Average Room Revenue Per Available Occupancy (ARO) Rate (ARR) Room (RevPAR)
All Hotels in SA 628 R 1 072 R 672
All 5-star hotels in SA 664 R 1 947 R 1 292
All 4-star hotels in SA 622 R 1 003 R 624
All 3-star hotels in SA 624 R 817 R 510
Change over same period last year
All Hotels in SA 02 90 92
All 5-star hotels in SA 25 99 126
All 4-star hotels in SA -13 67 53
All 3-star hotels in SA 16 79 96
ACSA DATAThe latest available data from ACSA is for January to April 2014
Change over same period last year Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on International Flights Regional Flights Domestic Flights
OR Tambo International 13 66 -10
Cape Town International 68 82 21
King Shaka International 161 NA -41
BUSINESSBUSINESS
Market IntelligenceReport
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR MY BUSINESS
The data from STR Global indicates that room rates of hotels continue to improve across all grades of hotels but the occupancies seem to have stabilised So the same number of people are still arriving but they are paying more for their rooms
The data from ACSA indicates that domestic air travel is slowing down with declines in Johannesburg and Durban International air travel is also slowing to Johannesburg while Cape Town is achieving growth Durban is achieving strong growth off a low base
What this seems to mean for the tourism industry is that the number of tourist are not necessarily up in the first four months of the year but they are paying more for their stay so tourism revenues should be up
For more information contact Martin at Grant Thornton on +27 (0)21 417 8838 or visit httpwwwgtcoza
wersquore more than an airline
Itrsquos never been simpler to book your travel - with fl ights cars and hotels all available on
kululacom So whether yoursquove got a wedding in Warmbaths or a conference
in Calitzdorp wersquove got your trip across Mzansi covered Now thatrsquos full-on travel
KIN
GJA
MES
280
20
JULY 2014 11Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
JULY 201412 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
relevant app store (subject to FICA regulations) The proprietary iKhokha online portal removes much of the hassle that SMMEs would normally face when signing up with their bank through traditional channels Once paid for and approved the Edge is delivered to the merchant The solution is available to all businesses irrespective of their bank
Merchants pay a once-off cost of R98900 (incl VAT) for the Edge Chip amp PIN card reader and thereafter a flat 275 per transaction minus there are no hidden monthly fees iKhokha will also be offering a 24 month rental option for merchants looking to avoid an upfront cost
The Edge card reader is available in four coloursndash black white yellow and pinkndash and both the Edge and iKhokha mobile app are compatible with iPhone 4 upwards and most Android mobile devices
iKhokha will continue to expand its mobile service offering using the Edge device as the secure foundation on which to provide further innovation for all South African businesses
For more information visit wwwiKhokhacom
Facebook wwwfacebookcomikhokha
Twitter ikhokhasa
Instagram ikhokhasa
YouTube wwwyoutubecomikhokha
To enter this competition simply find the answer to the following question (the answer can be found in the text below) and visit the Tourism Tattler website at wwwtourismtattlercomp=13134
ldquoWhat does the iKhokha Edge do for a mobile phonerdquo
The first five correct entries drawn after the closing date of 28 July 2014 will each win one iKhokha Edge Chip amp PIN card reader complete with mobile application software download with the compliments of Emerge Mobile (TampCs apply - refer link)
The Edge a secure Chip amp PIN card reader that plugs into a smartphone and coupled with the iKhokha mobile app transforms the phone into a secure mobile Point of Sale (mPOS) terminal thus enabling merchants to process bank card payments ndash anywhere in South Africa
Using the Edge a wide range of South African businesses are also able to tender cash card and mobile transactions sell value-added services (such as airtime) and monitor and track sales performance and transactional history through the slick and easy to use Mobile App
Simplicity service and security are the three pillars on which the iKhokha ethos has been built The proudly South African developed and manufactured solution has been through an incredibly rigorous international testing process with regulatory bodies and card schemes to ensure world class security
To ldquoGet the Edgerdquo business owners simply apply via the website at wwwikhokhacom and then download the iKhokha app from the
WINNER OF THE THULA THULA FAMILY SAFARI GETAWAY COMPETITION FROM THE JUNE 2014 EDITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Geraint Piercey of African Twist Travel
Geraint has won a safari getaway consisting of 2 nights for two adults and two children sharing a Family Tent at the Luxury Tented Camp in Thula Thula Private Game Reserve The prize is on a full board basis and includes 2 Game Drives andor Guided Walking Safaris each day with the compliments of Thula Thula Private Game Reserve
wwwthulathulacom
Note Read the Terms and Conditions of this competition at wwwtourismtattlercomwp-contentimagesCompetition-July2014-TermsConditionspdf
1 of 5 iKhokha EdgemPOS Card Readers
WIN
C O M P E T I T I O N
JULY 2014 13Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
CONSERVATION
Botswanarsquos Okavango Delta became the 1000th site inscribed on the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) World Heritage List on 22 June This significant listing increases Africas
protected resources to 89 properties By Des Langkilde
World HeritageOkavango
Delta
JULY 201414 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
The Okavango was inscribed as a natural site by the World Heritage Committee which met in Doha (Qatar) on 22 June 2014
The Okavango Delta in northwest Botswana comprises permanent marshlands and seasonally flooded plains It is one of the very few major interior delta systems that do not flow into a sea or ocean with a wetland system that is almost intact
One of the unique characteristics of the site is that the annual flooding from the river Okavango occurs during the dry season with the result that the native plants and animals have synchronised their biological cycles with these seasonal rains and floods It is an exceptional example of the interaction between climatic hydrological and biological processes
The Okavango delta is home to some of the worldrsquos most endangered species of large mammal such as the cheetah white rhinoceros black rhinoceros African wild dog and lion The most populous large mammal is the lechwe antelope with more than 60000 It is a little larger than an impala with elongated hooves and a water repellent substance on their legs that enables rapid movement through knee deep water
For more information visit httpenwikipediaorgwikiOkavango_Delta
Why World Heritage Sites are important
What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application World Heritage sites belong to all the peoples of the world irrespective of the territory on which they are located
World Heritage status can bring enormous prestige to a site and help foster social cohesion and pride in a local community
It may help to promote the site internationally and attract new visitors if appropriate and encourages the highest quality standards for welcoming visitors and managing the site and can act as the focus for tourism and economic regeneration
It also means international accountability If a site is threatened it can be added to the List of World Heritage in Danger by the World Heritage Committee
To obtain World Heritage status sites have to be nominated by their government to the World Heritage Committee an intergovernmental body set up by UNESCO
The Committee meets once a year and decides on new inscriptions following an assessment by specialist international bodies ICOMOS for cultural sites and IUCN for natural sites
The film which is currently in production features the expedition of four entrepid explorers as they undertake a two month crossing of the Okavango River System in Mokoro dug-out canoes from the source in Angola all the way 1000 miles down the river through Namibiarsquos Caprivi Strip and into an untouched wilderness in the heart of the Okavango Delta in Botswana
The team consists of Dr Steven Boyes (Ornithologist) Dr Kirsten Wimberger (Primotologist) Chris Boyes (Marine Biologist) and Dr Karen Ross (Ecologist) Film director Neil Gelinas is contributing his extensive experience as Senior Producer for National Geographic
For more information visit wwwokavangofilmcom
Okavango film to advocate for a TrindashNation (AngolandashNamibiandashBotswana) World Heritage Site
CONSERVATION
JULY 2014 15Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Compared to the global number of World Heritage Sites (1007 total) Africa has 89 (9) with 48 Cultural 37 Natural and 4 Mixed properties Europe and North America have the highest at 479 (48) followed by Asia and the Pacific at 231 (23) Latin America and the Caribbean at 131(13) and the Arab States at 77 (8)
Albania Butrint Historic Centres of Berat and Gjirokastra
Algeria Al Qala of Beni Hammad Djeacutemila MZab Valley Tassili nAjjer Timgad Tipasa Kasbah of Algiers
Belize Belize Barrier Reef Reserve System
Benin Royal Palaces of Abomey
Botswana Tsodilo Okavango Delta
Burkina Faso Ruins of Loropeacuteni
Cabo Verde Cidade Velha Historic Centre of Ribeira Grande
Cameroon Dja Faunal Reserve Sangha Trinational
Central African Republic Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park Sangha Trinational
Chad Lakes of Ounianga
Congo Sangha Trinational
Cocircte dIvoire Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve Taiuml National Park Comoeacute National Park Historic Town of Grand-Bassam
Democratic Republic of the Congo Virunga National Park Kahuzi-Biega National Park Garamba National Park Salonga National Park Okapi Wildlife Reserve
Egypt Abu Mena Ancient Thebes with its Necropolis Historic Cairo Memphis and its Necropolis Nubian Monuments Saint Catherine Area Wadi Al-Hitan (Whale Valley)
Ethiopia Simien National Park Rock-Hewn Churches Lalibela Fasil Ghebbi Gondar Region Aksum Lower Valley of the Awash Lower Valley of the Omo Tiya Harar Jugol the Fortified Historic Town Konso Cultural Landscape
Gabon Cultural Landscape of Lopeacute-Okanda
Gambia Kunta Kinteh Island and Related Sites Stone Circles of Senegambia
Ghana Forts and Castles Volta Greater Accra Asante Traditional Buildings
Guinea Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve
Kenya Lake Turkana National Parks Mount Kenya National ParkNatural Forest Lamu Old Town Mijikenda Kaya Forests Fort Jesus Mombasa Kenya Lake System in the Great Rift Valley
Lesotho Maloti-Drakensberg Park
Madagascar Tsingy de Bemaraha Strict Nature Reserve Royal Hill of Ambohimanga Rainforests of the Atsinanana
Malawi Lake Malawi National Park Chongoni Rock-Art Area
Mali Timbuktu Old Towns of Djenneacute Cliff of Bandiagara (Land of the Dogons) Tomb of Askia
Mauritania Banc dArguin National Park Ouadane Chinguetti Tichitt and Oualata
Mauritius Aapravasi Ghat Le Morne Cultural Landscape
Morocco Medina of Fez Medina of Marrakesh Ksar of Ait-Ben-Haddou Historic City of Meknes Archaeological Site of Volubilis Medina of Teacutetouan Medina of Essaouira Portuguese City of Mazagan (El Jadida) Rabat Modern Capital and Historic City
Mozambique Island of Mozambique
Namibia Twyfelfontein Namib Sand Sea
Niger Air and Teacuteneacutereacute Natural Reserves W National Park of Niger Historic Centre of Agadez
Nigeria Sukur Cultural Landscape Osun-Osogbo Sacred Grove
Papua New Guinea Kuk Early Agricultural Site
Senegal Island of Goreacutee Niokolo-Koba National Park Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary Island of Saint-Louis Stone Circles of Senegambia Saloum Delta Bassari Fula amp Bedik Cultural Landscapes
Seychelles Aldabra Atoll Valleacutee de Mai Nature Reserve
South Africa Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa iSimangaliso Wetland Park Robben Island Maloti-Drakensberg Park Mapungubwe Cultural Landscape Cape Floral Region Protected Areas Vredefort Dome Richtersveld Cultural amp Botanical Landscape
Sudan Gebel Barkal amp Sites of the Napatan Region Archaeological Sites of Meroe Island
Tanzania Ngorongoro Conservation Area 29 Ruins of Kilwa Kisiwani amp Songo Mnara Serengeti National Park Selous Game Reserve Kilimanjaro National Park Stone Town of Zanzibar Kondoa Rock-Art Sites
Togo Koutammakou - Land of the Batammariba
Tunisia Amphitheatre of El Jem Archaeological Site of Carthage Medina of Tunis Ichkeul National Park Punic Town of Kerkuane amp its Necropolis Kairouan Medina of Sousse Dougga Thugga
Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Rwenzori Mountains National Park Tombs of Buganda Kings at Kasubi
Zambia Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls
Zimbabwe Mana Pools Sapi amp Chewore Safari Areas Great Zimbabwe National Monument Khami Ruins National Monument Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls Matobo Hills
Legend = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Sites in Danger = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Transboundary Property Citeria numbering of this property has changed See Decision 30COM 8D1
World HeritageSite List
Africa
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
Great White Shark Attraction
In South Africa both tourists and locals are privileged to have access to great white sharks in abundance minus if one knows where to go when and with whom Booking with a professional and credible shark excursion service provider is essential to ensure that this once-in-a-lifetime experience is a safe and memorable oneOne such service provider is White Shark Projects located in Ganbaai who have set a bench mark for responsible tourism in the industry White Shark Projects have a philosophy that involves sharing the countrys natural and cultural riches whilst contributing positively to the preservation and growth of the local community and environment The company was founded in 1990 purely for research and conservation out of this the commercial arm was born Today the commercial arm is still funding various research and conservation projects White Shark Project are the financial partner to the South African Shark Conservancy whose research not only focuses on great whites but also on other shark species Their conservation and educational departments are enhanced by a volunteer programme White Shark Projects supports sustainable job creation and upliftment projects and fosters ecological awareness among surrounding communities The company is Fair Trade in Tourism accredited as well as bonded by the Southern Africa Tourism Services Association
For the adventurous traveller there is no greater adrenaline rush than
interacting with a great white shark in its own territory
JULY 2014 09Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
ATTRACTIONS
(SATSA) thus ensuring peace of mind that your clients are in capable accredited hands In addition White Shark Projects are covered by comprehensive public liability insurance underwritten by Lloyds of London Their primary focus at White Shark Projects is to educate and to address misconceptions which in turn will help lead to protection of the species The best season for Shark viewing Dyer Island is a good place to see sharks all year round So weather permitting White Shark Projects tours run daily however prime viewing time is in the South African winter months when the sharks have a
particularly active feeding pattern The following guide is based on observations over the past eight years Allow for an overlap between seasons Peak season April to October (99 success rate) Recommended High season November to December (90 ndash 99 success rate) Intermediate season January to March (80 ndash 90 success rate) Water temperatures vary between 12 and 20 degrees Celsius during peak and high season and between 10 and 16 degrees Celsius during intermediate season
For more information visit wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
+27 (0)28 384 1774 | bookingswhitesharkprojectscoza | wwwwhitesharkprojectscoza
South Africa
JULY 201410 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
BUSINESS
The information below was extracted from data available as at 25 July 2014 By Martin Jansen van Vuuren of Grant Thornton
ARRIVALSThe latest available data from Statistics South Africa is for January to December 2013 (Note Stats SA recently revised data for Nov - Dec)
Current period Change over same period last year
UK 442 523 10
Germany 304 090 142
USA 348 646 67
India 112 672 55
China 151 847 147
Overseas Arrivals (excl same day visitors) 2 683 141 71
African Arrivals 6 913 783 39
Total Foreign Arrivals 9 616 964 47
NB African Arrivals plus Overseas Arrivals do not add up to Total Foreign Arrivals due to the exclusion of unspecified arrivals which cannot be allocated to either African or Overseas
HOTEL STATSThe latest available data from STR Global is for January to April 2014
Current period Average Room Average Room Revenue Per Available Occupancy (ARO) Rate (ARR) Room (RevPAR)
All Hotels in SA 628 R 1 072 R 672
All 5-star hotels in SA 664 R 1 947 R 1 292
All 4-star hotels in SA 622 R 1 003 R 624
All 3-star hotels in SA 624 R 817 R 510
Change over same period last year
All Hotels in SA 02 90 92
All 5-star hotels in SA 25 99 126
All 4-star hotels in SA -13 67 53
All 3-star hotels in SA 16 79 96
ACSA DATAThe latest available data from ACSA is for January to April 2014
Change over same period last year Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on International Flights Regional Flights Domestic Flights
OR Tambo International 13 66 -10
Cape Town International 68 82 21
King Shaka International 161 NA -41
BUSINESSBUSINESS
Market IntelligenceReport
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR MY BUSINESS
The data from STR Global indicates that room rates of hotels continue to improve across all grades of hotels but the occupancies seem to have stabilised So the same number of people are still arriving but they are paying more for their rooms
The data from ACSA indicates that domestic air travel is slowing down with declines in Johannesburg and Durban International air travel is also slowing to Johannesburg while Cape Town is achieving growth Durban is achieving strong growth off a low base
What this seems to mean for the tourism industry is that the number of tourist are not necessarily up in the first four months of the year but they are paying more for their stay so tourism revenues should be up
For more information contact Martin at Grant Thornton on +27 (0)21 417 8838 or visit httpwwwgtcoza
wersquore more than an airline
Itrsquos never been simpler to book your travel - with fl ights cars and hotels all available on
kululacom So whether yoursquove got a wedding in Warmbaths or a conference
in Calitzdorp wersquove got your trip across Mzansi covered Now thatrsquos full-on travel
KIN
GJA
MES
280
20
JULY 2014 11Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
JULY 201412 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
relevant app store (subject to FICA regulations) The proprietary iKhokha online portal removes much of the hassle that SMMEs would normally face when signing up with their bank through traditional channels Once paid for and approved the Edge is delivered to the merchant The solution is available to all businesses irrespective of their bank
Merchants pay a once-off cost of R98900 (incl VAT) for the Edge Chip amp PIN card reader and thereafter a flat 275 per transaction minus there are no hidden monthly fees iKhokha will also be offering a 24 month rental option for merchants looking to avoid an upfront cost
The Edge card reader is available in four coloursndash black white yellow and pinkndash and both the Edge and iKhokha mobile app are compatible with iPhone 4 upwards and most Android mobile devices
iKhokha will continue to expand its mobile service offering using the Edge device as the secure foundation on which to provide further innovation for all South African businesses
For more information visit wwwiKhokhacom
Facebook wwwfacebookcomikhokha
Twitter ikhokhasa
Instagram ikhokhasa
YouTube wwwyoutubecomikhokha
To enter this competition simply find the answer to the following question (the answer can be found in the text below) and visit the Tourism Tattler website at wwwtourismtattlercomp=13134
ldquoWhat does the iKhokha Edge do for a mobile phonerdquo
The first five correct entries drawn after the closing date of 28 July 2014 will each win one iKhokha Edge Chip amp PIN card reader complete with mobile application software download with the compliments of Emerge Mobile (TampCs apply - refer link)
The Edge a secure Chip amp PIN card reader that plugs into a smartphone and coupled with the iKhokha mobile app transforms the phone into a secure mobile Point of Sale (mPOS) terminal thus enabling merchants to process bank card payments ndash anywhere in South Africa
Using the Edge a wide range of South African businesses are also able to tender cash card and mobile transactions sell value-added services (such as airtime) and monitor and track sales performance and transactional history through the slick and easy to use Mobile App
Simplicity service and security are the three pillars on which the iKhokha ethos has been built The proudly South African developed and manufactured solution has been through an incredibly rigorous international testing process with regulatory bodies and card schemes to ensure world class security
To ldquoGet the Edgerdquo business owners simply apply via the website at wwwikhokhacom and then download the iKhokha app from the
WINNER OF THE THULA THULA FAMILY SAFARI GETAWAY COMPETITION FROM THE JUNE 2014 EDITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Geraint Piercey of African Twist Travel
Geraint has won a safari getaway consisting of 2 nights for two adults and two children sharing a Family Tent at the Luxury Tented Camp in Thula Thula Private Game Reserve The prize is on a full board basis and includes 2 Game Drives andor Guided Walking Safaris each day with the compliments of Thula Thula Private Game Reserve
wwwthulathulacom
Note Read the Terms and Conditions of this competition at wwwtourismtattlercomwp-contentimagesCompetition-July2014-TermsConditionspdf
1 of 5 iKhokha EdgemPOS Card Readers
WIN
C O M P E T I T I O N
JULY 2014 13Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
CONSERVATION
Botswanarsquos Okavango Delta became the 1000th site inscribed on the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) World Heritage List on 22 June This significant listing increases Africas
protected resources to 89 properties By Des Langkilde
World HeritageOkavango
Delta
JULY 201414 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
The Okavango was inscribed as a natural site by the World Heritage Committee which met in Doha (Qatar) on 22 June 2014
The Okavango Delta in northwest Botswana comprises permanent marshlands and seasonally flooded plains It is one of the very few major interior delta systems that do not flow into a sea or ocean with a wetland system that is almost intact
One of the unique characteristics of the site is that the annual flooding from the river Okavango occurs during the dry season with the result that the native plants and animals have synchronised their biological cycles with these seasonal rains and floods It is an exceptional example of the interaction between climatic hydrological and biological processes
The Okavango delta is home to some of the worldrsquos most endangered species of large mammal such as the cheetah white rhinoceros black rhinoceros African wild dog and lion The most populous large mammal is the lechwe antelope with more than 60000 It is a little larger than an impala with elongated hooves and a water repellent substance on their legs that enables rapid movement through knee deep water
For more information visit httpenwikipediaorgwikiOkavango_Delta
Why World Heritage Sites are important
What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application World Heritage sites belong to all the peoples of the world irrespective of the territory on which they are located
World Heritage status can bring enormous prestige to a site and help foster social cohesion and pride in a local community
It may help to promote the site internationally and attract new visitors if appropriate and encourages the highest quality standards for welcoming visitors and managing the site and can act as the focus for tourism and economic regeneration
It also means international accountability If a site is threatened it can be added to the List of World Heritage in Danger by the World Heritage Committee
To obtain World Heritage status sites have to be nominated by their government to the World Heritage Committee an intergovernmental body set up by UNESCO
The Committee meets once a year and decides on new inscriptions following an assessment by specialist international bodies ICOMOS for cultural sites and IUCN for natural sites
The film which is currently in production features the expedition of four entrepid explorers as they undertake a two month crossing of the Okavango River System in Mokoro dug-out canoes from the source in Angola all the way 1000 miles down the river through Namibiarsquos Caprivi Strip and into an untouched wilderness in the heart of the Okavango Delta in Botswana
The team consists of Dr Steven Boyes (Ornithologist) Dr Kirsten Wimberger (Primotologist) Chris Boyes (Marine Biologist) and Dr Karen Ross (Ecologist) Film director Neil Gelinas is contributing his extensive experience as Senior Producer for National Geographic
For more information visit wwwokavangofilmcom
Okavango film to advocate for a TrindashNation (AngolandashNamibiandashBotswana) World Heritage Site
CONSERVATION
JULY 2014 15Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Compared to the global number of World Heritage Sites (1007 total) Africa has 89 (9) with 48 Cultural 37 Natural and 4 Mixed properties Europe and North America have the highest at 479 (48) followed by Asia and the Pacific at 231 (23) Latin America and the Caribbean at 131(13) and the Arab States at 77 (8)
Albania Butrint Historic Centres of Berat and Gjirokastra
Algeria Al Qala of Beni Hammad Djeacutemila MZab Valley Tassili nAjjer Timgad Tipasa Kasbah of Algiers
Belize Belize Barrier Reef Reserve System
Benin Royal Palaces of Abomey
Botswana Tsodilo Okavango Delta
Burkina Faso Ruins of Loropeacuteni
Cabo Verde Cidade Velha Historic Centre of Ribeira Grande
Cameroon Dja Faunal Reserve Sangha Trinational
Central African Republic Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park Sangha Trinational
Chad Lakes of Ounianga
Congo Sangha Trinational
Cocircte dIvoire Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve Taiuml National Park Comoeacute National Park Historic Town of Grand-Bassam
Democratic Republic of the Congo Virunga National Park Kahuzi-Biega National Park Garamba National Park Salonga National Park Okapi Wildlife Reserve
Egypt Abu Mena Ancient Thebes with its Necropolis Historic Cairo Memphis and its Necropolis Nubian Monuments Saint Catherine Area Wadi Al-Hitan (Whale Valley)
Ethiopia Simien National Park Rock-Hewn Churches Lalibela Fasil Ghebbi Gondar Region Aksum Lower Valley of the Awash Lower Valley of the Omo Tiya Harar Jugol the Fortified Historic Town Konso Cultural Landscape
Gabon Cultural Landscape of Lopeacute-Okanda
Gambia Kunta Kinteh Island and Related Sites Stone Circles of Senegambia
Ghana Forts and Castles Volta Greater Accra Asante Traditional Buildings
Guinea Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve
Kenya Lake Turkana National Parks Mount Kenya National ParkNatural Forest Lamu Old Town Mijikenda Kaya Forests Fort Jesus Mombasa Kenya Lake System in the Great Rift Valley
Lesotho Maloti-Drakensberg Park
Madagascar Tsingy de Bemaraha Strict Nature Reserve Royal Hill of Ambohimanga Rainforests of the Atsinanana
Malawi Lake Malawi National Park Chongoni Rock-Art Area
Mali Timbuktu Old Towns of Djenneacute Cliff of Bandiagara (Land of the Dogons) Tomb of Askia
Mauritania Banc dArguin National Park Ouadane Chinguetti Tichitt and Oualata
Mauritius Aapravasi Ghat Le Morne Cultural Landscape
Morocco Medina of Fez Medina of Marrakesh Ksar of Ait-Ben-Haddou Historic City of Meknes Archaeological Site of Volubilis Medina of Teacutetouan Medina of Essaouira Portuguese City of Mazagan (El Jadida) Rabat Modern Capital and Historic City
Mozambique Island of Mozambique
Namibia Twyfelfontein Namib Sand Sea
Niger Air and Teacuteneacutereacute Natural Reserves W National Park of Niger Historic Centre of Agadez
Nigeria Sukur Cultural Landscape Osun-Osogbo Sacred Grove
Papua New Guinea Kuk Early Agricultural Site
Senegal Island of Goreacutee Niokolo-Koba National Park Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary Island of Saint-Louis Stone Circles of Senegambia Saloum Delta Bassari Fula amp Bedik Cultural Landscapes
Seychelles Aldabra Atoll Valleacutee de Mai Nature Reserve
South Africa Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa iSimangaliso Wetland Park Robben Island Maloti-Drakensberg Park Mapungubwe Cultural Landscape Cape Floral Region Protected Areas Vredefort Dome Richtersveld Cultural amp Botanical Landscape
Sudan Gebel Barkal amp Sites of the Napatan Region Archaeological Sites of Meroe Island
Tanzania Ngorongoro Conservation Area 29 Ruins of Kilwa Kisiwani amp Songo Mnara Serengeti National Park Selous Game Reserve Kilimanjaro National Park Stone Town of Zanzibar Kondoa Rock-Art Sites
Togo Koutammakou - Land of the Batammariba
Tunisia Amphitheatre of El Jem Archaeological Site of Carthage Medina of Tunis Ichkeul National Park Punic Town of Kerkuane amp its Necropolis Kairouan Medina of Sousse Dougga Thugga
Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Rwenzori Mountains National Park Tombs of Buganda Kings at Kasubi
Zambia Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls
Zimbabwe Mana Pools Sapi amp Chewore Safari Areas Great Zimbabwe National Monument Khami Ruins National Monument Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls Matobo Hills
Legend = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Sites in Danger = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Transboundary Property Citeria numbering of this property has changed See Decision 30COM 8D1
World HeritageSite List
Africa
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 201410 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
BUSINESS
The information below was extracted from data available as at 25 July 2014 By Martin Jansen van Vuuren of Grant Thornton
ARRIVALSThe latest available data from Statistics South Africa is for January to December 2013 (Note Stats SA recently revised data for Nov - Dec)
Current period Change over same period last year
UK 442 523 10
Germany 304 090 142
USA 348 646 67
India 112 672 55
China 151 847 147
Overseas Arrivals (excl same day visitors) 2 683 141 71
African Arrivals 6 913 783 39
Total Foreign Arrivals 9 616 964 47
NB African Arrivals plus Overseas Arrivals do not add up to Total Foreign Arrivals due to the exclusion of unspecified arrivals which cannot be allocated to either African or Overseas
HOTEL STATSThe latest available data from STR Global is for January to April 2014
Current period Average Room Average Room Revenue Per Available Occupancy (ARO) Rate (ARR) Room (RevPAR)
All Hotels in SA 628 R 1 072 R 672
All 5-star hotels in SA 664 R 1 947 R 1 292
All 4-star hotels in SA 622 R 1 003 R 624
All 3-star hotels in SA 624 R 817 R 510
Change over same period last year
All Hotels in SA 02 90 92
All 5-star hotels in SA 25 99 126
All 4-star hotels in SA -13 67 53
All 3-star hotels in SA 16 79 96
ACSA DATAThe latest available data from ACSA is for January to April 2014
Change over same period last year Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on Passengers arriving on International Flights Regional Flights Domestic Flights
OR Tambo International 13 66 -10
Cape Town International 68 82 21
King Shaka International 161 NA -41
BUSINESSBUSINESS
Market IntelligenceReport
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR MY BUSINESS
The data from STR Global indicates that room rates of hotels continue to improve across all grades of hotels but the occupancies seem to have stabilised So the same number of people are still arriving but they are paying more for their rooms
The data from ACSA indicates that domestic air travel is slowing down with declines in Johannesburg and Durban International air travel is also slowing to Johannesburg while Cape Town is achieving growth Durban is achieving strong growth off a low base
What this seems to mean for the tourism industry is that the number of tourist are not necessarily up in the first four months of the year but they are paying more for their stay so tourism revenues should be up
For more information contact Martin at Grant Thornton on +27 (0)21 417 8838 or visit httpwwwgtcoza
wersquore more than an airline
Itrsquos never been simpler to book your travel - with fl ights cars and hotels all available on
kululacom So whether yoursquove got a wedding in Warmbaths or a conference
in Calitzdorp wersquove got your trip across Mzansi covered Now thatrsquos full-on travel
KIN
GJA
MES
280
20
JULY 2014 11Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
JULY 201412 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
relevant app store (subject to FICA regulations) The proprietary iKhokha online portal removes much of the hassle that SMMEs would normally face when signing up with their bank through traditional channels Once paid for and approved the Edge is delivered to the merchant The solution is available to all businesses irrespective of their bank
Merchants pay a once-off cost of R98900 (incl VAT) for the Edge Chip amp PIN card reader and thereafter a flat 275 per transaction minus there are no hidden monthly fees iKhokha will also be offering a 24 month rental option for merchants looking to avoid an upfront cost
The Edge card reader is available in four coloursndash black white yellow and pinkndash and both the Edge and iKhokha mobile app are compatible with iPhone 4 upwards and most Android mobile devices
iKhokha will continue to expand its mobile service offering using the Edge device as the secure foundation on which to provide further innovation for all South African businesses
For more information visit wwwiKhokhacom
Facebook wwwfacebookcomikhokha
Twitter ikhokhasa
Instagram ikhokhasa
YouTube wwwyoutubecomikhokha
To enter this competition simply find the answer to the following question (the answer can be found in the text below) and visit the Tourism Tattler website at wwwtourismtattlercomp=13134
ldquoWhat does the iKhokha Edge do for a mobile phonerdquo
The first five correct entries drawn after the closing date of 28 July 2014 will each win one iKhokha Edge Chip amp PIN card reader complete with mobile application software download with the compliments of Emerge Mobile (TampCs apply - refer link)
The Edge a secure Chip amp PIN card reader that plugs into a smartphone and coupled with the iKhokha mobile app transforms the phone into a secure mobile Point of Sale (mPOS) terminal thus enabling merchants to process bank card payments ndash anywhere in South Africa
Using the Edge a wide range of South African businesses are also able to tender cash card and mobile transactions sell value-added services (such as airtime) and monitor and track sales performance and transactional history through the slick and easy to use Mobile App
Simplicity service and security are the three pillars on which the iKhokha ethos has been built The proudly South African developed and manufactured solution has been through an incredibly rigorous international testing process with regulatory bodies and card schemes to ensure world class security
To ldquoGet the Edgerdquo business owners simply apply via the website at wwwikhokhacom and then download the iKhokha app from the
WINNER OF THE THULA THULA FAMILY SAFARI GETAWAY COMPETITION FROM THE JUNE 2014 EDITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Geraint Piercey of African Twist Travel
Geraint has won a safari getaway consisting of 2 nights for two adults and two children sharing a Family Tent at the Luxury Tented Camp in Thula Thula Private Game Reserve The prize is on a full board basis and includes 2 Game Drives andor Guided Walking Safaris each day with the compliments of Thula Thula Private Game Reserve
wwwthulathulacom
Note Read the Terms and Conditions of this competition at wwwtourismtattlercomwp-contentimagesCompetition-July2014-TermsConditionspdf
1 of 5 iKhokha EdgemPOS Card Readers
WIN
C O M P E T I T I O N
JULY 2014 13Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
CONSERVATION
Botswanarsquos Okavango Delta became the 1000th site inscribed on the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) World Heritage List on 22 June This significant listing increases Africas
protected resources to 89 properties By Des Langkilde
World HeritageOkavango
Delta
JULY 201414 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
The Okavango was inscribed as a natural site by the World Heritage Committee which met in Doha (Qatar) on 22 June 2014
The Okavango Delta in northwest Botswana comprises permanent marshlands and seasonally flooded plains It is one of the very few major interior delta systems that do not flow into a sea or ocean with a wetland system that is almost intact
One of the unique characteristics of the site is that the annual flooding from the river Okavango occurs during the dry season with the result that the native plants and animals have synchronised their biological cycles with these seasonal rains and floods It is an exceptional example of the interaction between climatic hydrological and biological processes
The Okavango delta is home to some of the worldrsquos most endangered species of large mammal such as the cheetah white rhinoceros black rhinoceros African wild dog and lion The most populous large mammal is the lechwe antelope with more than 60000 It is a little larger than an impala with elongated hooves and a water repellent substance on their legs that enables rapid movement through knee deep water
For more information visit httpenwikipediaorgwikiOkavango_Delta
Why World Heritage Sites are important
What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application World Heritage sites belong to all the peoples of the world irrespective of the territory on which they are located
World Heritage status can bring enormous prestige to a site and help foster social cohesion and pride in a local community
It may help to promote the site internationally and attract new visitors if appropriate and encourages the highest quality standards for welcoming visitors and managing the site and can act as the focus for tourism and economic regeneration
It also means international accountability If a site is threatened it can be added to the List of World Heritage in Danger by the World Heritage Committee
To obtain World Heritage status sites have to be nominated by their government to the World Heritage Committee an intergovernmental body set up by UNESCO
The Committee meets once a year and decides on new inscriptions following an assessment by specialist international bodies ICOMOS for cultural sites and IUCN for natural sites
The film which is currently in production features the expedition of four entrepid explorers as they undertake a two month crossing of the Okavango River System in Mokoro dug-out canoes from the source in Angola all the way 1000 miles down the river through Namibiarsquos Caprivi Strip and into an untouched wilderness in the heart of the Okavango Delta in Botswana
The team consists of Dr Steven Boyes (Ornithologist) Dr Kirsten Wimberger (Primotologist) Chris Boyes (Marine Biologist) and Dr Karen Ross (Ecologist) Film director Neil Gelinas is contributing his extensive experience as Senior Producer for National Geographic
For more information visit wwwokavangofilmcom
Okavango film to advocate for a TrindashNation (AngolandashNamibiandashBotswana) World Heritage Site
CONSERVATION
JULY 2014 15Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Compared to the global number of World Heritage Sites (1007 total) Africa has 89 (9) with 48 Cultural 37 Natural and 4 Mixed properties Europe and North America have the highest at 479 (48) followed by Asia and the Pacific at 231 (23) Latin America and the Caribbean at 131(13) and the Arab States at 77 (8)
Albania Butrint Historic Centres of Berat and Gjirokastra
Algeria Al Qala of Beni Hammad Djeacutemila MZab Valley Tassili nAjjer Timgad Tipasa Kasbah of Algiers
Belize Belize Barrier Reef Reserve System
Benin Royal Palaces of Abomey
Botswana Tsodilo Okavango Delta
Burkina Faso Ruins of Loropeacuteni
Cabo Verde Cidade Velha Historic Centre of Ribeira Grande
Cameroon Dja Faunal Reserve Sangha Trinational
Central African Republic Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park Sangha Trinational
Chad Lakes of Ounianga
Congo Sangha Trinational
Cocircte dIvoire Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve Taiuml National Park Comoeacute National Park Historic Town of Grand-Bassam
Democratic Republic of the Congo Virunga National Park Kahuzi-Biega National Park Garamba National Park Salonga National Park Okapi Wildlife Reserve
Egypt Abu Mena Ancient Thebes with its Necropolis Historic Cairo Memphis and its Necropolis Nubian Monuments Saint Catherine Area Wadi Al-Hitan (Whale Valley)
Ethiopia Simien National Park Rock-Hewn Churches Lalibela Fasil Ghebbi Gondar Region Aksum Lower Valley of the Awash Lower Valley of the Omo Tiya Harar Jugol the Fortified Historic Town Konso Cultural Landscape
Gabon Cultural Landscape of Lopeacute-Okanda
Gambia Kunta Kinteh Island and Related Sites Stone Circles of Senegambia
Ghana Forts and Castles Volta Greater Accra Asante Traditional Buildings
Guinea Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve
Kenya Lake Turkana National Parks Mount Kenya National ParkNatural Forest Lamu Old Town Mijikenda Kaya Forests Fort Jesus Mombasa Kenya Lake System in the Great Rift Valley
Lesotho Maloti-Drakensberg Park
Madagascar Tsingy de Bemaraha Strict Nature Reserve Royal Hill of Ambohimanga Rainforests of the Atsinanana
Malawi Lake Malawi National Park Chongoni Rock-Art Area
Mali Timbuktu Old Towns of Djenneacute Cliff of Bandiagara (Land of the Dogons) Tomb of Askia
Mauritania Banc dArguin National Park Ouadane Chinguetti Tichitt and Oualata
Mauritius Aapravasi Ghat Le Morne Cultural Landscape
Morocco Medina of Fez Medina of Marrakesh Ksar of Ait-Ben-Haddou Historic City of Meknes Archaeological Site of Volubilis Medina of Teacutetouan Medina of Essaouira Portuguese City of Mazagan (El Jadida) Rabat Modern Capital and Historic City
Mozambique Island of Mozambique
Namibia Twyfelfontein Namib Sand Sea
Niger Air and Teacuteneacutereacute Natural Reserves W National Park of Niger Historic Centre of Agadez
Nigeria Sukur Cultural Landscape Osun-Osogbo Sacred Grove
Papua New Guinea Kuk Early Agricultural Site
Senegal Island of Goreacutee Niokolo-Koba National Park Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary Island of Saint-Louis Stone Circles of Senegambia Saloum Delta Bassari Fula amp Bedik Cultural Landscapes
Seychelles Aldabra Atoll Valleacutee de Mai Nature Reserve
South Africa Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa iSimangaliso Wetland Park Robben Island Maloti-Drakensberg Park Mapungubwe Cultural Landscape Cape Floral Region Protected Areas Vredefort Dome Richtersveld Cultural amp Botanical Landscape
Sudan Gebel Barkal amp Sites of the Napatan Region Archaeological Sites of Meroe Island
Tanzania Ngorongoro Conservation Area 29 Ruins of Kilwa Kisiwani amp Songo Mnara Serengeti National Park Selous Game Reserve Kilimanjaro National Park Stone Town of Zanzibar Kondoa Rock-Art Sites
Togo Koutammakou - Land of the Batammariba
Tunisia Amphitheatre of El Jem Archaeological Site of Carthage Medina of Tunis Ichkeul National Park Punic Town of Kerkuane amp its Necropolis Kairouan Medina of Sousse Dougga Thugga
Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Rwenzori Mountains National Park Tombs of Buganda Kings at Kasubi
Zambia Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls
Zimbabwe Mana Pools Sapi amp Chewore Safari Areas Great Zimbabwe National Monument Khami Ruins National Monument Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls Matobo Hills
Legend = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Sites in Danger = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Transboundary Property Citeria numbering of this property has changed See Decision 30COM 8D1
World HeritageSite List
Africa
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
wersquore more than an airline
Itrsquos never been simpler to book your travel - with fl ights cars and hotels all available on
kululacom So whether yoursquove got a wedding in Warmbaths or a conference
in Calitzdorp wersquove got your trip across Mzansi covered Now thatrsquos full-on travel
KIN
GJA
MES
280
20
JULY 2014 11Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
JULY 201412 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
relevant app store (subject to FICA regulations) The proprietary iKhokha online portal removes much of the hassle that SMMEs would normally face when signing up with their bank through traditional channels Once paid for and approved the Edge is delivered to the merchant The solution is available to all businesses irrespective of their bank
Merchants pay a once-off cost of R98900 (incl VAT) for the Edge Chip amp PIN card reader and thereafter a flat 275 per transaction minus there are no hidden monthly fees iKhokha will also be offering a 24 month rental option for merchants looking to avoid an upfront cost
The Edge card reader is available in four coloursndash black white yellow and pinkndash and both the Edge and iKhokha mobile app are compatible with iPhone 4 upwards and most Android mobile devices
iKhokha will continue to expand its mobile service offering using the Edge device as the secure foundation on which to provide further innovation for all South African businesses
For more information visit wwwiKhokhacom
Facebook wwwfacebookcomikhokha
Twitter ikhokhasa
Instagram ikhokhasa
YouTube wwwyoutubecomikhokha
To enter this competition simply find the answer to the following question (the answer can be found in the text below) and visit the Tourism Tattler website at wwwtourismtattlercomp=13134
ldquoWhat does the iKhokha Edge do for a mobile phonerdquo
The first five correct entries drawn after the closing date of 28 July 2014 will each win one iKhokha Edge Chip amp PIN card reader complete with mobile application software download with the compliments of Emerge Mobile (TampCs apply - refer link)
The Edge a secure Chip amp PIN card reader that plugs into a smartphone and coupled with the iKhokha mobile app transforms the phone into a secure mobile Point of Sale (mPOS) terminal thus enabling merchants to process bank card payments ndash anywhere in South Africa
Using the Edge a wide range of South African businesses are also able to tender cash card and mobile transactions sell value-added services (such as airtime) and monitor and track sales performance and transactional history through the slick and easy to use Mobile App
Simplicity service and security are the three pillars on which the iKhokha ethos has been built The proudly South African developed and manufactured solution has been through an incredibly rigorous international testing process with regulatory bodies and card schemes to ensure world class security
To ldquoGet the Edgerdquo business owners simply apply via the website at wwwikhokhacom and then download the iKhokha app from the
WINNER OF THE THULA THULA FAMILY SAFARI GETAWAY COMPETITION FROM THE JUNE 2014 EDITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Geraint Piercey of African Twist Travel
Geraint has won a safari getaway consisting of 2 nights for two adults and two children sharing a Family Tent at the Luxury Tented Camp in Thula Thula Private Game Reserve The prize is on a full board basis and includes 2 Game Drives andor Guided Walking Safaris each day with the compliments of Thula Thula Private Game Reserve
wwwthulathulacom
Note Read the Terms and Conditions of this competition at wwwtourismtattlercomwp-contentimagesCompetition-July2014-TermsConditionspdf
1 of 5 iKhokha EdgemPOS Card Readers
WIN
C O M P E T I T I O N
JULY 2014 13Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
CONSERVATION
Botswanarsquos Okavango Delta became the 1000th site inscribed on the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) World Heritage List on 22 June This significant listing increases Africas
protected resources to 89 properties By Des Langkilde
World HeritageOkavango
Delta
JULY 201414 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
The Okavango was inscribed as a natural site by the World Heritage Committee which met in Doha (Qatar) on 22 June 2014
The Okavango Delta in northwest Botswana comprises permanent marshlands and seasonally flooded plains It is one of the very few major interior delta systems that do not flow into a sea or ocean with a wetland system that is almost intact
One of the unique characteristics of the site is that the annual flooding from the river Okavango occurs during the dry season with the result that the native plants and animals have synchronised their biological cycles with these seasonal rains and floods It is an exceptional example of the interaction between climatic hydrological and biological processes
The Okavango delta is home to some of the worldrsquos most endangered species of large mammal such as the cheetah white rhinoceros black rhinoceros African wild dog and lion The most populous large mammal is the lechwe antelope with more than 60000 It is a little larger than an impala with elongated hooves and a water repellent substance on their legs that enables rapid movement through knee deep water
For more information visit httpenwikipediaorgwikiOkavango_Delta
Why World Heritage Sites are important
What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application World Heritage sites belong to all the peoples of the world irrespective of the territory on which they are located
World Heritage status can bring enormous prestige to a site and help foster social cohesion and pride in a local community
It may help to promote the site internationally and attract new visitors if appropriate and encourages the highest quality standards for welcoming visitors and managing the site and can act as the focus for tourism and economic regeneration
It also means international accountability If a site is threatened it can be added to the List of World Heritage in Danger by the World Heritage Committee
To obtain World Heritage status sites have to be nominated by their government to the World Heritage Committee an intergovernmental body set up by UNESCO
The Committee meets once a year and decides on new inscriptions following an assessment by specialist international bodies ICOMOS for cultural sites and IUCN for natural sites
The film which is currently in production features the expedition of four entrepid explorers as they undertake a two month crossing of the Okavango River System in Mokoro dug-out canoes from the source in Angola all the way 1000 miles down the river through Namibiarsquos Caprivi Strip and into an untouched wilderness in the heart of the Okavango Delta in Botswana
The team consists of Dr Steven Boyes (Ornithologist) Dr Kirsten Wimberger (Primotologist) Chris Boyes (Marine Biologist) and Dr Karen Ross (Ecologist) Film director Neil Gelinas is contributing his extensive experience as Senior Producer for National Geographic
For more information visit wwwokavangofilmcom
Okavango film to advocate for a TrindashNation (AngolandashNamibiandashBotswana) World Heritage Site
CONSERVATION
JULY 2014 15Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Compared to the global number of World Heritage Sites (1007 total) Africa has 89 (9) with 48 Cultural 37 Natural and 4 Mixed properties Europe and North America have the highest at 479 (48) followed by Asia and the Pacific at 231 (23) Latin America and the Caribbean at 131(13) and the Arab States at 77 (8)
Albania Butrint Historic Centres of Berat and Gjirokastra
Algeria Al Qala of Beni Hammad Djeacutemila MZab Valley Tassili nAjjer Timgad Tipasa Kasbah of Algiers
Belize Belize Barrier Reef Reserve System
Benin Royal Palaces of Abomey
Botswana Tsodilo Okavango Delta
Burkina Faso Ruins of Loropeacuteni
Cabo Verde Cidade Velha Historic Centre of Ribeira Grande
Cameroon Dja Faunal Reserve Sangha Trinational
Central African Republic Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park Sangha Trinational
Chad Lakes of Ounianga
Congo Sangha Trinational
Cocircte dIvoire Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve Taiuml National Park Comoeacute National Park Historic Town of Grand-Bassam
Democratic Republic of the Congo Virunga National Park Kahuzi-Biega National Park Garamba National Park Salonga National Park Okapi Wildlife Reserve
Egypt Abu Mena Ancient Thebes with its Necropolis Historic Cairo Memphis and its Necropolis Nubian Monuments Saint Catherine Area Wadi Al-Hitan (Whale Valley)
Ethiopia Simien National Park Rock-Hewn Churches Lalibela Fasil Ghebbi Gondar Region Aksum Lower Valley of the Awash Lower Valley of the Omo Tiya Harar Jugol the Fortified Historic Town Konso Cultural Landscape
Gabon Cultural Landscape of Lopeacute-Okanda
Gambia Kunta Kinteh Island and Related Sites Stone Circles of Senegambia
Ghana Forts and Castles Volta Greater Accra Asante Traditional Buildings
Guinea Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve
Kenya Lake Turkana National Parks Mount Kenya National ParkNatural Forest Lamu Old Town Mijikenda Kaya Forests Fort Jesus Mombasa Kenya Lake System in the Great Rift Valley
Lesotho Maloti-Drakensberg Park
Madagascar Tsingy de Bemaraha Strict Nature Reserve Royal Hill of Ambohimanga Rainforests of the Atsinanana
Malawi Lake Malawi National Park Chongoni Rock-Art Area
Mali Timbuktu Old Towns of Djenneacute Cliff of Bandiagara (Land of the Dogons) Tomb of Askia
Mauritania Banc dArguin National Park Ouadane Chinguetti Tichitt and Oualata
Mauritius Aapravasi Ghat Le Morne Cultural Landscape
Morocco Medina of Fez Medina of Marrakesh Ksar of Ait-Ben-Haddou Historic City of Meknes Archaeological Site of Volubilis Medina of Teacutetouan Medina of Essaouira Portuguese City of Mazagan (El Jadida) Rabat Modern Capital and Historic City
Mozambique Island of Mozambique
Namibia Twyfelfontein Namib Sand Sea
Niger Air and Teacuteneacutereacute Natural Reserves W National Park of Niger Historic Centre of Agadez
Nigeria Sukur Cultural Landscape Osun-Osogbo Sacred Grove
Papua New Guinea Kuk Early Agricultural Site
Senegal Island of Goreacutee Niokolo-Koba National Park Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary Island of Saint-Louis Stone Circles of Senegambia Saloum Delta Bassari Fula amp Bedik Cultural Landscapes
Seychelles Aldabra Atoll Valleacutee de Mai Nature Reserve
South Africa Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa iSimangaliso Wetland Park Robben Island Maloti-Drakensberg Park Mapungubwe Cultural Landscape Cape Floral Region Protected Areas Vredefort Dome Richtersveld Cultural amp Botanical Landscape
Sudan Gebel Barkal amp Sites of the Napatan Region Archaeological Sites of Meroe Island
Tanzania Ngorongoro Conservation Area 29 Ruins of Kilwa Kisiwani amp Songo Mnara Serengeti National Park Selous Game Reserve Kilimanjaro National Park Stone Town of Zanzibar Kondoa Rock-Art Sites
Togo Koutammakou - Land of the Batammariba
Tunisia Amphitheatre of El Jem Archaeological Site of Carthage Medina of Tunis Ichkeul National Park Punic Town of Kerkuane amp its Necropolis Kairouan Medina of Sousse Dougga Thugga
Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Rwenzori Mountains National Park Tombs of Buganda Kings at Kasubi
Zambia Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls
Zimbabwe Mana Pools Sapi amp Chewore Safari Areas Great Zimbabwe National Monument Khami Ruins National Monument Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls Matobo Hills
Legend = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Sites in Danger = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Transboundary Property Citeria numbering of this property has changed See Decision 30COM 8D1
World HeritageSite List
Africa
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 201412 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
relevant app store (subject to FICA regulations) The proprietary iKhokha online portal removes much of the hassle that SMMEs would normally face when signing up with their bank through traditional channels Once paid for and approved the Edge is delivered to the merchant The solution is available to all businesses irrespective of their bank
Merchants pay a once-off cost of R98900 (incl VAT) for the Edge Chip amp PIN card reader and thereafter a flat 275 per transaction minus there are no hidden monthly fees iKhokha will also be offering a 24 month rental option for merchants looking to avoid an upfront cost
The Edge card reader is available in four coloursndash black white yellow and pinkndash and both the Edge and iKhokha mobile app are compatible with iPhone 4 upwards and most Android mobile devices
iKhokha will continue to expand its mobile service offering using the Edge device as the secure foundation on which to provide further innovation for all South African businesses
For more information visit wwwiKhokhacom
Facebook wwwfacebookcomikhokha
Twitter ikhokhasa
Instagram ikhokhasa
YouTube wwwyoutubecomikhokha
To enter this competition simply find the answer to the following question (the answer can be found in the text below) and visit the Tourism Tattler website at wwwtourismtattlercomp=13134
ldquoWhat does the iKhokha Edge do for a mobile phonerdquo
The first five correct entries drawn after the closing date of 28 July 2014 will each win one iKhokha Edge Chip amp PIN card reader complete with mobile application software download with the compliments of Emerge Mobile (TampCs apply - refer link)
The Edge a secure Chip amp PIN card reader that plugs into a smartphone and coupled with the iKhokha mobile app transforms the phone into a secure mobile Point of Sale (mPOS) terminal thus enabling merchants to process bank card payments ndash anywhere in South Africa
Using the Edge a wide range of South African businesses are also able to tender cash card and mobile transactions sell value-added services (such as airtime) and monitor and track sales performance and transactional history through the slick and easy to use Mobile App
Simplicity service and security are the three pillars on which the iKhokha ethos has been built The proudly South African developed and manufactured solution has been through an incredibly rigorous international testing process with regulatory bodies and card schemes to ensure world class security
To ldquoGet the Edgerdquo business owners simply apply via the website at wwwikhokhacom and then download the iKhokha app from the
WINNER OF THE THULA THULA FAMILY SAFARI GETAWAY COMPETITION FROM THE JUNE 2014 EDITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Geraint Piercey of African Twist Travel
Geraint has won a safari getaway consisting of 2 nights for two adults and two children sharing a Family Tent at the Luxury Tented Camp in Thula Thula Private Game Reserve The prize is on a full board basis and includes 2 Game Drives andor Guided Walking Safaris each day with the compliments of Thula Thula Private Game Reserve
wwwthulathulacom
Note Read the Terms and Conditions of this competition at wwwtourismtattlercomwp-contentimagesCompetition-July2014-TermsConditionspdf
1 of 5 iKhokha EdgemPOS Card Readers
WIN
C O M P E T I T I O N
JULY 2014 13Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
CONSERVATION
Botswanarsquos Okavango Delta became the 1000th site inscribed on the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) World Heritage List on 22 June This significant listing increases Africas
protected resources to 89 properties By Des Langkilde
World HeritageOkavango
Delta
JULY 201414 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
The Okavango was inscribed as a natural site by the World Heritage Committee which met in Doha (Qatar) on 22 June 2014
The Okavango Delta in northwest Botswana comprises permanent marshlands and seasonally flooded plains It is one of the very few major interior delta systems that do not flow into a sea or ocean with a wetland system that is almost intact
One of the unique characteristics of the site is that the annual flooding from the river Okavango occurs during the dry season with the result that the native plants and animals have synchronised their biological cycles with these seasonal rains and floods It is an exceptional example of the interaction between climatic hydrological and biological processes
The Okavango delta is home to some of the worldrsquos most endangered species of large mammal such as the cheetah white rhinoceros black rhinoceros African wild dog and lion The most populous large mammal is the lechwe antelope with more than 60000 It is a little larger than an impala with elongated hooves and a water repellent substance on their legs that enables rapid movement through knee deep water
For more information visit httpenwikipediaorgwikiOkavango_Delta
Why World Heritage Sites are important
What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application World Heritage sites belong to all the peoples of the world irrespective of the territory on which they are located
World Heritage status can bring enormous prestige to a site and help foster social cohesion and pride in a local community
It may help to promote the site internationally and attract new visitors if appropriate and encourages the highest quality standards for welcoming visitors and managing the site and can act as the focus for tourism and economic regeneration
It also means international accountability If a site is threatened it can be added to the List of World Heritage in Danger by the World Heritage Committee
To obtain World Heritage status sites have to be nominated by their government to the World Heritage Committee an intergovernmental body set up by UNESCO
The Committee meets once a year and decides on new inscriptions following an assessment by specialist international bodies ICOMOS for cultural sites and IUCN for natural sites
The film which is currently in production features the expedition of four entrepid explorers as they undertake a two month crossing of the Okavango River System in Mokoro dug-out canoes from the source in Angola all the way 1000 miles down the river through Namibiarsquos Caprivi Strip and into an untouched wilderness in the heart of the Okavango Delta in Botswana
The team consists of Dr Steven Boyes (Ornithologist) Dr Kirsten Wimberger (Primotologist) Chris Boyes (Marine Biologist) and Dr Karen Ross (Ecologist) Film director Neil Gelinas is contributing his extensive experience as Senior Producer for National Geographic
For more information visit wwwokavangofilmcom
Okavango film to advocate for a TrindashNation (AngolandashNamibiandashBotswana) World Heritage Site
CONSERVATION
JULY 2014 15Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Compared to the global number of World Heritage Sites (1007 total) Africa has 89 (9) with 48 Cultural 37 Natural and 4 Mixed properties Europe and North America have the highest at 479 (48) followed by Asia and the Pacific at 231 (23) Latin America and the Caribbean at 131(13) and the Arab States at 77 (8)
Albania Butrint Historic Centres of Berat and Gjirokastra
Algeria Al Qala of Beni Hammad Djeacutemila MZab Valley Tassili nAjjer Timgad Tipasa Kasbah of Algiers
Belize Belize Barrier Reef Reserve System
Benin Royal Palaces of Abomey
Botswana Tsodilo Okavango Delta
Burkina Faso Ruins of Loropeacuteni
Cabo Verde Cidade Velha Historic Centre of Ribeira Grande
Cameroon Dja Faunal Reserve Sangha Trinational
Central African Republic Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park Sangha Trinational
Chad Lakes of Ounianga
Congo Sangha Trinational
Cocircte dIvoire Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve Taiuml National Park Comoeacute National Park Historic Town of Grand-Bassam
Democratic Republic of the Congo Virunga National Park Kahuzi-Biega National Park Garamba National Park Salonga National Park Okapi Wildlife Reserve
Egypt Abu Mena Ancient Thebes with its Necropolis Historic Cairo Memphis and its Necropolis Nubian Monuments Saint Catherine Area Wadi Al-Hitan (Whale Valley)
Ethiopia Simien National Park Rock-Hewn Churches Lalibela Fasil Ghebbi Gondar Region Aksum Lower Valley of the Awash Lower Valley of the Omo Tiya Harar Jugol the Fortified Historic Town Konso Cultural Landscape
Gabon Cultural Landscape of Lopeacute-Okanda
Gambia Kunta Kinteh Island and Related Sites Stone Circles of Senegambia
Ghana Forts and Castles Volta Greater Accra Asante Traditional Buildings
Guinea Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve
Kenya Lake Turkana National Parks Mount Kenya National ParkNatural Forest Lamu Old Town Mijikenda Kaya Forests Fort Jesus Mombasa Kenya Lake System in the Great Rift Valley
Lesotho Maloti-Drakensberg Park
Madagascar Tsingy de Bemaraha Strict Nature Reserve Royal Hill of Ambohimanga Rainforests of the Atsinanana
Malawi Lake Malawi National Park Chongoni Rock-Art Area
Mali Timbuktu Old Towns of Djenneacute Cliff of Bandiagara (Land of the Dogons) Tomb of Askia
Mauritania Banc dArguin National Park Ouadane Chinguetti Tichitt and Oualata
Mauritius Aapravasi Ghat Le Morne Cultural Landscape
Morocco Medina of Fez Medina of Marrakesh Ksar of Ait-Ben-Haddou Historic City of Meknes Archaeological Site of Volubilis Medina of Teacutetouan Medina of Essaouira Portuguese City of Mazagan (El Jadida) Rabat Modern Capital and Historic City
Mozambique Island of Mozambique
Namibia Twyfelfontein Namib Sand Sea
Niger Air and Teacuteneacutereacute Natural Reserves W National Park of Niger Historic Centre of Agadez
Nigeria Sukur Cultural Landscape Osun-Osogbo Sacred Grove
Papua New Guinea Kuk Early Agricultural Site
Senegal Island of Goreacutee Niokolo-Koba National Park Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary Island of Saint-Louis Stone Circles of Senegambia Saloum Delta Bassari Fula amp Bedik Cultural Landscapes
Seychelles Aldabra Atoll Valleacutee de Mai Nature Reserve
South Africa Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa iSimangaliso Wetland Park Robben Island Maloti-Drakensberg Park Mapungubwe Cultural Landscape Cape Floral Region Protected Areas Vredefort Dome Richtersveld Cultural amp Botanical Landscape
Sudan Gebel Barkal amp Sites of the Napatan Region Archaeological Sites of Meroe Island
Tanzania Ngorongoro Conservation Area 29 Ruins of Kilwa Kisiwani amp Songo Mnara Serengeti National Park Selous Game Reserve Kilimanjaro National Park Stone Town of Zanzibar Kondoa Rock-Art Sites
Togo Koutammakou - Land of the Batammariba
Tunisia Amphitheatre of El Jem Archaeological Site of Carthage Medina of Tunis Ichkeul National Park Punic Town of Kerkuane amp its Necropolis Kairouan Medina of Sousse Dougga Thugga
Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Rwenzori Mountains National Park Tombs of Buganda Kings at Kasubi
Zambia Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls
Zimbabwe Mana Pools Sapi amp Chewore Safari Areas Great Zimbabwe National Monument Khami Ruins National Monument Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls Matobo Hills
Legend = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Sites in Danger = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Transboundary Property Citeria numbering of this property has changed See Decision 30COM 8D1
World HeritageSite List
Africa
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
relevant app store (subject to FICA regulations) The proprietary iKhokha online portal removes much of the hassle that SMMEs would normally face when signing up with their bank through traditional channels Once paid for and approved the Edge is delivered to the merchant The solution is available to all businesses irrespective of their bank
Merchants pay a once-off cost of R98900 (incl VAT) for the Edge Chip amp PIN card reader and thereafter a flat 275 per transaction minus there are no hidden monthly fees iKhokha will also be offering a 24 month rental option for merchants looking to avoid an upfront cost
The Edge card reader is available in four coloursndash black white yellow and pinkndash and both the Edge and iKhokha mobile app are compatible with iPhone 4 upwards and most Android mobile devices
iKhokha will continue to expand its mobile service offering using the Edge device as the secure foundation on which to provide further innovation for all South African businesses
For more information visit wwwiKhokhacom
Facebook wwwfacebookcomikhokha
Twitter ikhokhasa
Instagram ikhokhasa
YouTube wwwyoutubecomikhokha
To enter this competition simply find the answer to the following question (the answer can be found in the text below) and visit the Tourism Tattler website at wwwtourismtattlercomp=13134
ldquoWhat does the iKhokha Edge do for a mobile phonerdquo
The first five correct entries drawn after the closing date of 28 July 2014 will each win one iKhokha Edge Chip amp PIN card reader complete with mobile application software download with the compliments of Emerge Mobile (TampCs apply - refer link)
The Edge a secure Chip amp PIN card reader that plugs into a smartphone and coupled with the iKhokha mobile app transforms the phone into a secure mobile Point of Sale (mPOS) terminal thus enabling merchants to process bank card payments ndash anywhere in South Africa
Using the Edge a wide range of South African businesses are also able to tender cash card and mobile transactions sell value-added services (such as airtime) and monitor and track sales performance and transactional history through the slick and easy to use Mobile App
Simplicity service and security are the three pillars on which the iKhokha ethos has been built The proudly South African developed and manufactured solution has been through an incredibly rigorous international testing process with regulatory bodies and card schemes to ensure world class security
To ldquoGet the Edgerdquo business owners simply apply via the website at wwwikhokhacom and then download the iKhokha app from the
WINNER OF THE THULA THULA FAMILY SAFARI GETAWAY COMPETITION FROM THE JUNE 2014 EDITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Geraint Piercey of African Twist Travel
Geraint has won a safari getaway consisting of 2 nights for two adults and two children sharing a Family Tent at the Luxury Tented Camp in Thula Thula Private Game Reserve The prize is on a full board basis and includes 2 Game Drives andor Guided Walking Safaris each day with the compliments of Thula Thula Private Game Reserve
wwwthulathulacom
Note Read the Terms and Conditions of this competition at wwwtourismtattlercomwp-contentimagesCompetition-July2014-TermsConditionspdf
1 of 5 iKhokha EdgemPOS Card Readers
WIN
C O M P E T I T I O N
JULY 2014 13Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
CONSERVATION
Botswanarsquos Okavango Delta became the 1000th site inscribed on the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) World Heritage List on 22 June This significant listing increases Africas
protected resources to 89 properties By Des Langkilde
World HeritageOkavango
Delta
JULY 201414 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
The Okavango was inscribed as a natural site by the World Heritage Committee which met in Doha (Qatar) on 22 June 2014
The Okavango Delta in northwest Botswana comprises permanent marshlands and seasonally flooded plains It is one of the very few major interior delta systems that do not flow into a sea or ocean with a wetland system that is almost intact
One of the unique characteristics of the site is that the annual flooding from the river Okavango occurs during the dry season with the result that the native plants and animals have synchronised their biological cycles with these seasonal rains and floods It is an exceptional example of the interaction between climatic hydrological and biological processes
The Okavango delta is home to some of the worldrsquos most endangered species of large mammal such as the cheetah white rhinoceros black rhinoceros African wild dog and lion The most populous large mammal is the lechwe antelope with more than 60000 It is a little larger than an impala with elongated hooves and a water repellent substance on their legs that enables rapid movement through knee deep water
For more information visit httpenwikipediaorgwikiOkavango_Delta
Why World Heritage Sites are important
What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application World Heritage sites belong to all the peoples of the world irrespective of the territory on which they are located
World Heritage status can bring enormous prestige to a site and help foster social cohesion and pride in a local community
It may help to promote the site internationally and attract new visitors if appropriate and encourages the highest quality standards for welcoming visitors and managing the site and can act as the focus for tourism and economic regeneration
It also means international accountability If a site is threatened it can be added to the List of World Heritage in Danger by the World Heritage Committee
To obtain World Heritage status sites have to be nominated by their government to the World Heritage Committee an intergovernmental body set up by UNESCO
The Committee meets once a year and decides on new inscriptions following an assessment by specialist international bodies ICOMOS for cultural sites and IUCN for natural sites
The film which is currently in production features the expedition of four entrepid explorers as they undertake a two month crossing of the Okavango River System in Mokoro dug-out canoes from the source in Angola all the way 1000 miles down the river through Namibiarsquos Caprivi Strip and into an untouched wilderness in the heart of the Okavango Delta in Botswana
The team consists of Dr Steven Boyes (Ornithologist) Dr Kirsten Wimberger (Primotologist) Chris Boyes (Marine Biologist) and Dr Karen Ross (Ecologist) Film director Neil Gelinas is contributing his extensive experience as Senior Producer for National Geographic
For more information visit wwwokavangofilmcom
Okavango film to advocate for a TrindashNation (AngolandashNamibiandashBotswana) World Heritage Site
CONSERVATION
JULY 2014 15Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Compared to the global number of World Heritage Sites (1007 total) Africa has 89 (9) with 48 Cultural 37 Natural and 4 Mixed properties Europe and North America have the highest at 479 (48) followed by Asia and the Pacific at 231 (23) Latin America and the Caribbean at 131(13) and the Arab States at 77 (8)
Albania Butrint Historic Centres of Berat and Gjirokastra
Algeria Al Qala of Beni Hammad Djeacutemila MZab Valley Tassili nAjjer Timgad Tipasa Kasbah of Algiers
Belize Belize Barrier Reef Reserve System
Benin Royal Palaces of Abomey
Botswana Tsodilo Okavango Delta
Burkina Faso Ruins of Loropeacuteni
Cabo Verde Cidade Velha Historic Centre of Ribeira Grande
Cameroon Dja Faunal Reserve Sangha Trinational
Central African Republic Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park Sangha Trinational
Chad Lakes of Ounianga
Congo Sangha Trinational
Cocircte dIvoire Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve Taiuml National Park Comoeacute National Park Historic Town of Grand-Bassam
Democratic Republic of the Congo Virunga National Park Kahuzi-Biega National Park Garamba National Park Salonga National Park Okapi Wildlife Reserve
Egypt Abu Mena Ancient Thebes with its Necropolis Historic Cairo Memphis and its Necropolis Nubian Monuments Saint Catherine Area Wadi Al-Hitan (Whale Valley)
Ethiopia Simien National Park Rock-Hewn Churches Lalibela Fasil Ghebbi Gondar Region Aksum Lower Valley of the Awash Lower Valley of the Omo Tiya Harar Jugol the Fortified Historic Town Konso Cultural Landscape
Gabon Cultural Landscape of Lopeacute-Okanda
Gambia Kunta Kinteh Island and Related Sites Stone Circles of Senegambia
Ghana Forts and Castles Volta Greater Accra Asante Traditional Buildings
Guinea Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve
Kenya Lake Turkana National Parks Mount Kenya National ParkNatural Forest Lamu Old Town Mijikenda Kaya Forests Fort Jesus Mombasa Kenya Lake System in the Great Rift Valley
Lesotho Maloti-Drakensberg Park
Madagascar Tsingy de Bemaraha Strict Nature Reserve Royal Hill of Ambohimanga Rainforests of the Atsinanana
Malawi Lake Malawi National Park Chongoni Rock-Art Area
Mali Timbuktu Old Towns of Djenneacute Cliff of Bandiagara (Land of the Dogons) Tomb of Askia
Mauritania Banc dArguin National Park Ouadane Chinguetti Tichitt and Oualata
Mauritius Aapravasi Ghat Le Morne Cultural Landscape
Morocco Medina of Fez Medina of Marrakesh Ksar of Ait-Ben-Haddou Historic City of Meknes Archaeological Site of Volubilis Medina of Teacutetouan Medina of Essaouira Portuguese City of Mazagan (El Jadida) Rabat Modern Capital and Historic City
Mozambique Island of Mozambique
Namibia Twyfelfontein Namib Sand Sea
Niger Air and Teacuteneacutereacute Natural Reserves W National Park of Niger Historic Centre of Agadez
Nigeria Sukur Cultural Landscape Osun-Osogbo Sacred Grove
Papua New Guinea Kuk Early Agricultural Site
Senegal Island of Goreacutee Niokolo-Koba National Park Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary Island of Saint-Louis Stone Circles of Senegambia Saloum Delta Bassari Fula amp Bedik Cultural Landscapes
Seychelles Aldabra Atoll Valleacutee de Mai Nature Reserve
South Africa Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa iSimangaliso Wetland Park Robben Island Maloti-Drakensberg Park Mapungubwe Cultural Landscape Cape Floral Region Protected Areas Vredefort Dome Richtersveld Cultural amp Botanical Landscape
Sudan Gebel Barkal amp Sites of the Napatan Region Archaeological Sites of Meroe Island
Tanzania Ngorongoro Conservation Area 29 Ruins of Kilwa Kisiwani amp Songo Mnara Serengeti National Park Selous Game Reserve Kilimanjaro National Park Stone Town of Zanzibar Kondoa Rock-Art Sites
Togo Koutammakou - Land of the Batammariba
Tunisia Amphitheatre of El Jem Archaeological Site of Carthage Medina of Tunis Ichkeul National Park Punic Town of Kerkuane amp its Necropolis Kairouan Medina of Sousse Dougga Thugga
Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Rwenzori Mountains National Park Tombs of Buganda Kings at Kasubi
Zambia Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls
Zimbabwe Mana Pools Sapi amp Chewore Safari Areas Great Zimbabwe National Monument Khami Ruins National Monument Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls Matobo Hills
Legend = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Sites in Danger = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Transboundary Property Citeria numbering of this property has changed See Decision 30COM 8D1
World HeritageSite List
Africa
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
CONSERVATION
Botswanarsquos Okavango Delta became the 1000th site inscribed on the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) World Heritage List on 22 June This significant listing increases Africas
protected resources to 89 properties By Des Langkilde
World HeritageOkavango
Delta
JULY 201414 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
The Okavango was inscribed as a natural site by the World Heritage Committee which met in Doha (Qatar) on 22 June 2014
The Okavango Delta in northwest Botswana comprises permanent marshlands and seasonally flooded plains It is one of the very few major interior delta systems that do not flow into a sea or ocean with a wetland system that is almost intact
One of the unique characteristics of the site is that the annual flooding from the river Okavango occurs during the dry season with the result that the native plants and animals have synchronised their biological cycles with these seasonal rains and floods It is an exceptional example of the interaction between climatic hydrological and biological processes
The Okavango delta is home to some of the worldrsquos most endangered species of large mammal such as the cheetah white rhinoceros black rhinoceros African wild dog and lion The most populous large mammal is the lechwe antelope with more than 60000 It is a little larger than an impala with elongated hooves and a water repellent substance on their legs that enables rapid movement through knee deep water
For more information visit httpenwikipediaorgwikiOkavango_Delta
Why World Heritage Sites are important
What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application World Heritage sites belong to all the peoples of the world irrespective of the territory on which they are located
World Heritage status can bring enormous prestige to a site and help foster social cohesion and pride in a local community
It may help to promote the site internationally and attract new visitors if appropriate and encourages the highest quality standards for welcoming visitors and managing the site and can act as the focus for tourism and economic regeneration
It also means international accountability If a site is threatened it can be added to the List of World Heritage in Danger by the World Heritage Committee
To obtain World Heritage status sites have to be nominated by their government to the World Heritage Committee an intergovernmental body set up by UNESCO
The Committee meets once a year and decides on new inscriptions following an assessment by specialist international bodies ICOMOS for cultural sites and IUCN for natural sites
The film which is currently in production features the expedition of four entrepid explorers as they undertake a two month crossing of the Okavango River System in Mokoro dug-out canoes from the source in Angola all the way 1000 miles down the river through Namibiarsquos Caprivi Strip and into an untouched wilderness in the heart of the Okavango Delta in Botswana
The team consists of Dr Steven Boyes (Ornithologist) Dr Kirsten Wimberger (Primotologist) Chris Boyes (Marine Biologist) and Dr Karen Ross (Ecologist) Film director Neil Gelinas is contributing his extensive experience as Senior Producer for National Geographic
For more information visit wwwokavangofilmcom
Okavango film to advocate for a TrindashNation (AngolandashNamibiandashBotswana) World Heritage Site
CONSERVATION
JULY 2014 15Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Compared to the global number of World Heritage Sites (1007 total) Africa has 89 (9) with 48 Cultural 37 Natural and 4 Mixed properties Europe and North America have the highest at 479 (48) followed by Asia and the Pacific at 231 (23) Latin America and the Caribbean at 131(13) and the Arab States at 77 (8)
Albania Butrint Historic Centres of Berat and Gjirokastra
Algeria Al Qala of Beni Hammad Djeacutemila MZab Valley Tassili nAjjer Timgad Tipasa Kasbah of Algiers
Belize Belize Barrier Reef Reserve System
Benin Royal Palaces of Abomey
Botswana Tsodilo Okavango Delta
Burkina Faso Ruins of Loropeacuteni
Cabo Verde Cidade Velha Historic Centre of Ribeira Grande
Cameroon Dja Faunal Reserve Sangha Trinational
Central African Republic Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park Sangha Trinational
Chad Lakes of Ounianga
Congo Sangha Trinational
Cocircte dIvoire Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve Taiuml National Park Comoeacute National Park Historic Town of Grand-Bassam
Democratic Republic of the Congo Virunga National Park Kahuzi-Biega National Park Garamba National Park Salonga National Park Okapi Wildlife Reserve
Egypt Abu Mena Ancient Thebes with its Necropolis Historic Cairo Memphis and its Necropolis Nubian Monuments Saint Catherine Area Wadi Al-Hitan (Whale Valley)
Ethiopia Simien National Park Rock-Hewn Churches Lalibela Fasil Ghebbi Gondar Region Aksum Lower Valley of the Awash Lower Valley of the Omo Tiya Harar Jugol the Fortified Historic Town Konso Cultural Landscape
Gabon Cultural Landscape of Lopeacute-Okanda
Gambia Kunta Kinteh Island and Related Sites Stone Circles of Senegambia
Ghana Forts and Castles Volta Greater Accra Asante Traditional Buildings
Guinea Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve
Kenya Lake Turkana National Parks Mount Kenya National ParkNatural Forest Lamu Old Town Mijikenda Kaya Forests Fort Jesus Mombasa Kenya Lake System in the Great Rift Valley
Lesotho Maloti-Drakensberg Park
Madagascar Tsingy de Bemaraha Strict Nature Reserve Royal Hill of Ambohimanga Rainforests of the Atsinanana
Malawi Lake Malawi National Park Chongoni Rock-Art Area
Mali Timbuktu Old Towns of Djenneacute Cliff of Bandiagara (Land of the Dogons) Tomb of Askia
Mauritania Banc dArguin National Park Ouadane Chinguetti Tichitt and Oualata
Mauritius Aapravasi Ghat Le Morne Cultural Landscape
Morocco Medina of Fez Medina of Marrakesh Ksar of Ait-Ben-Haddou Historic City of Meknes Archaeological Site of Volubilis Medina of Teacutetouan Medina of Essaouira Portuguese City of Mazagan (El Jadida) Rabat Modern Capital and Historic City
Mozambique Island of Mozambique
Namibia Twyfelfontein Namib Sand Sea
Niger Air and Teacuteneacutereacute Natural Reserves W National Park of Niger Historic Centre of Agadez
Nigeria Sukur Cultural Landscape Osun-Osogbo Sacred Grove
Papua New Guinea Kuk Early Agricultural Site
Senegal Island of Goreacutee Niokolo-Koba National Park Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary Island of Saint-Louis Stone Circles of Senegambia Saloum Delta Bassari Fula amp Bedik Cultural Landscapes
Seychelles Aldabra Atoll Valleacutee de Mai Nature Reserve
South Africa Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa iSimangaliso Wetland Park Robben Island Maloti-Drakensberg Park Mapungubwe Cultural Landscape Cape Floral Region Protected Areas Vredefort Dome Richtersveld Cultural amp Botanical Landscape
Sudan Gebel Barkal amp Sites of the Napatan Region Archaeological Sites of Meroe Island
Tanzania Ngorongoro Conservation Area 29 Ruins of Kilwa Kisiwani amp Songo Mnara Serengeti National Park Selous Game Reserve Kilimanjaro National Park Stone Town of Zanzibar Kondoa Rock-Art Sites
Togo Koutammakou - Land of the Batammariba
Tunisia Amphitheatre of El Jem Archaeological Site of Carthage Medina of Tunis Ichkeul National Park Punic Town of Kerkuane amp its Necropolis Kairouan Medina of Sousse Dougga Thugga
Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Rwenzori Mountains National Park Tombs of Buganda Kings at Kasubi
Zambia Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls
Zimbabwe Mana Pools Sapi amp Chewore Safari Areas Great Zimbabwe National Monument Khami Ruins National Monument Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls Matobo Hills
Legend = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Sites in Danger = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Transboundary Property Citeria numbering of this property has changed See Decision 30COM 8D1
World HeritageSite List
Africa
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
CONSERVATION
JULY 2014 15Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Compared to the global number of World Heritage Sites (1007 total) Africa has 89 (9) with 48 Cultural 37 Natural and 4 Mixed properties Europe and North America have the highest at 479 (48) followed by Asia and the Pacific at 231 (23) Latin America and the Caribbean at 131(13) and the Arab States at 77 (8)
Albania Butrint Historic Centres of Berat and Gjirokastra
Algeria Al Qala of Beni Hammad Djeacutemila MZab Valley Tassili nAjjer Timgad Tipasa Kasbah of Algiers
Belize Belize Barrier Reef Reserve System
Benin Royal Palaces of Abomey
Botswana Tsodilo Okavango Delta
Burkina Faso Ruins of Loropeacuteni
Cabo Verde Cidade Velha Historic Centre of Ribeira Grande
Cameroon Dja Faunal Reserve Sangha Trinational
Central African Republic Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park Sangha Trinational
Chad Lakes of Ounianga
Congo Sangha Trinational
Cocircte dIvoire Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve Taiuml National Park Comoeacute National Park Historic Town of Grand-Bassam
Democratic Republic of the Congo Virunga National Park Kahuzi-Biega National Park Garamba National Park Salonga National Park Okapi Wildlife Reserve
Egypt Abu Mena Ancient Thebes with its Necropolis Historic Cairo Memphis and its Necropolis Nubian Monuments Saint Catherine Area Wadi Al-Hitan (Whale Valley)
Ethiopia Simien National Park Rock-Hewn Churches Lalibela Fasil Ghebbi Gondar Region Aksum Lower Valley of the Awash Lower Valley of the Omo Tiya Harar Jugol the Fortified Historic Town Konso Cultural Landscape
Gabon Cultural Landscape of Lopeacute-Okanda
Gambia Kunta Kinteh Island and Related Sites Stone Circles of Senegambia
Ghana Forts and Castles Volta Greater Accra Asante Traditional Buildings
Guinea Mount Nimba Strict Nature Reserve
Kenya Lake Turkana National Parks Mount Kenya National ParkNatural Forest Lamu Old Town Mijikenda Kaya Forests Fort Jesus Mombasa Kenya Lake System in the Great Rift Valley
Lesotho Maloti-Drakensberg Park
Madagascar Tsingy de Bemaraha Strict Nature Reserve Royal Hill of Ambohimanga Rainforests of the Atsinanana
Malawi Lake Malawi National Park Chongoni Rock-Art Area
Mali Timbuktu Old Towns of Djenneacute Cliff of Bandiagara (Land of the Dogons) Tomb of Askia
Mauritania Banc dArguin National Park Ouadane Chinguetti Tichitt and Oualata
Mauritius Aapravasi Ghat Le Morne Cultural Landscape
Morocco Medina of Fez Medina of Marrakesh Ksar of Ait-Ben-Haddou Historic City of Meknes Archaeological Site of Volubilis Medina of Teacutetouan Medina of Essaouira Portuguese City of Mazagan (El Jadida) Rabat Modern Capital and Historic City
Mozambique Island of Mozambique
Namibia Twyfelfontein Namib Sand Sea
Niger Air and Teacuteneacutereacute Natural Reserves W National Park of Niger Historic Centre of Agadez
Nigeria Sukur Cultural Landscape Osun-Osogbo Sacred Grove
Papua New Guinea Kuk Early Agricultural Site
Senegal Island of Goreacutee Niokolo-Koba National Park Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary Island of Saint-Louis Stone Circles of Senegambia Saloum Delta Bassari Fula amp Bedik Cultural Landscapes
Seychelles Aldabra Atoll Valleacutee de Mai Nature Reserve
South Africa Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa iSimangaliso Wetland Park Robben Island Maloti-Drakensberg Park Mapungubwe Cultural Landscape Cape Floral Region Protected Areas Vredefort Dome Richtersveld Cultural amp Botanical Landscape
Sudan Gebel Barkal amp Sites of the Napatan Region Archaeological Sites of Meroe Island
Tanzania Ngorongoro Conservation Area 29 Ruins of Kilwa Kisiwani amp Songo Mnara Serengeti National Park Selous Game Reserve Kilimanjaro National Park Stone Town of Zanzibar Kondoa Rock-Art Sites
Togo Koutammakou - Land of the Batammariba
Tunisia Amphitheatre of El Jem Archaeological Site of Carthage Medina of Tunis Ichkeul National Park Punic Town of Kerkuane amp its Necropolis Kairouan Medina of Sousse Dougga Thugga
Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Rwenzori Mountains National Park Tombs of Buganda Kings at Kasubi
Zambia Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls
Zimbabwe Mana Pools Sapi amp Chewore Safari Areas Great Zimbabwe National Monument Khami Ruins National Monument Mosi-oa-Tunya Victoria Falls Matobo Hills
Legend = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Sites in Danger = Cultural site = Natural site = Mixed site
Transboundary Property Citeria numbering of this property has changed See Decision 30COM 8D1
World HeritageSite List
Africa
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 201416 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RETOSASouthern Africa
This article is going to focus on these three countries because of their close proximity to one another as a trip to one country in Southern Africa really would not be complete without adding on another country or even
two By Kwakye Donkor
Southern Africa is comprised of mountains valleys lakes ocean shores and everything in between Of the fifteen countries that make up Southern Africa - Angola Botswana Democratic Republic of Congo Lesotho Madagascar Malawi Mauritius Mozambique Namibia Seychelles South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe ndash there are three of them that are clustered around Lake Malawi ndash Tanzania Mozambique and Malawi
In the words of John Muir (1838-1914) author and an early advocate of preservation of the wilderness Thousands of tired nerve-shaken over-civilised people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home that wildness is a necessity and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers but as fountains of liferdquo
Tanzania Mount Kilimanjaro
DESTINATIONS
Aerial view of Mount Kilimanjaro Image copy Wikimedia Commons
Exploring its Great Mountains
Lying a mere three degrees south of the equator Mount Kilimanjaro straddles Tanzaniarsquos border with Kenya It is composed of three extinct volcanoes - Kibo Mawenzi and Shira - and supports five major eco-zones rainforest heath moorland alpine desert and glaciers After reaching its maximum height during its last major eruption 360000 years ago Kibo has been eroded by glaciers rivers and landslides to its present height
The first people to climb Kilimanjaro were German geographer Hans Meyer and Austrian climber Ludwig Purtscheller in 1889 Today around 25000 people attempt to reach the summit of Africa every year
Before or after an attempt to reach the summit visitors may wish to
explore other parts of Tanzania as well Rich in cultural heritage the cities and towns of this diverse country present an enlightening view of African society while the grassy plains are teeming with animal and bird life Just off the coast Zanzibar is an interesting and exotic blend of Africa and Asia - the ideal holiday destination for historians and marine enthusiasts alike
But whatever you do do not miss an encounter with the Mountain of Greatness Indeed the valley below Kilimanjaro is believed by many to be the birthplace of humankind So perhaps for some it is a matter of coming home
Mozambique Mount Gorongosa
Stretched along the southern edge of the Great Rift Valley 80 kilometers from Beira the Mount Gorongosa park covers 3770 square kilometers of savannah woodlands and rainforest Game drives are run twice daily and hikes are led to the impressive 1800-mile-high Mount Gorongosa Visitors are treated to sightings of lion leopard and other large cats as well as buffalo elephant warthog zebra hippo crocodile and a variety of antelope The bird life is prolific with over 200 species having been identified including the rare green-headed oriole
This great isolated mountain of granite captures moisture floating in off the Indian Ocean and from it conjures up the magic and power of four major rivers Nhandare Chitunga Muera and most importantly Vunduzi These rivers provide water to Gorongosa and all communities surrounding the mountain and without them life in this part of Africa would have never been able to flourish the way it does now The rivers flow from the mountain in deep forested ravines Some form spectacular waterfalls on
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 2014 17Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
DESTINATIONS
About RETOSA RETOSA is the regional institution responsible for tourism development and growth The organization aims to increase tourism arrivals to the region through sustainable development initiatives improved regional competitiveness and effective destination marketing with strategic partners For more information about RETOSA go to wwwretosacoza
About the Author Kwakye Donkor is the Marketing and Communications Director at the Regional Tourism Organisation Of Southern Africa (RETOSA)
the slopes of the mountain the largest being Murombodzi Falls over 100 meters high and a series of smaller waterfalls are formed by the waters of the Vunduzi River as it flows eastwards towards Lake Urema
The slopes of Mount Gorongosa are generally gentle and easy to climb The only sharp nearly vertical cliffs on the mountain are on its northwest corner creating the perfect setting for nesting birds of prey and vultures
Gorongosa National Park is on its way to becoming one of the best African parks Every visitor who chooses Gorongosa as the destination for their Mozambique safari is directly supporting important conservation work and providing jobs to local Mozambicans Revenue from tourism is the key to making Gorongosa a self-sustaining African park long into the future
Malawi Mount Mulanje
The bare rock flanks Mount Mulanje tower to almost 3000 meters Lying east of Blantyre it is easily accessible Visitors could drive around the entire foot of the mountain in a day or experience it more intimately by
climbing and camping on the slopes taking comparatively gentle walks or attempting some more demanding climbs
The scale of this truly magnificent mountain has to be seen to be appreciated Once on the mountain the vegetation changes with altitude and therersquos plenty of wildlife from small mammals to a variety of birds including buzzard the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens Fishing for trout is possible in the River Lichenya which drains the southwestern slopes
The Mount Mulanje Conservation Trust has set up InfoMulanje a one-stop information and booking office for Mulanje covering such things as accommodation and guides Trips to Mulanje of various durations are also offered by Malawis tour and safari companies Just a half hourrsquos journey from Mulanje is Huntingdon House a small beautifully refurbished 1928 house which provides accommodation for up to 12 guests
Camping equipment and the services of a guide can also be hired
How to get thereIf you start your trip in Tanzania there are three international airports - Dar-es-Salaam now known as Julias Nyerere International Airport ndash JKIA Kilimanjaro International Airport ndash KIA and Zanzibar International Airport See flights coming to Tanzania and Zanzibar ndash see flights coming to Tanzania
International airlines such as Air Tanzania KLM Royal Dutch with daily flights out of Amsterdam into Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salaam Gulf Air Kenya Airways Ethiopian Airlines and Emirates along with other airlines make flying into the country quite easy
Once you are ready to move onto one of the other lake-bordering countries there are boats and ferries that can transport visitors as an alternative to flying
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 201418 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EDUCATION
Close the Gap on Prefixes and Suffixes By Mark Nichol
Thanks to widespread confusion about the correct treatment of prefixes and suffixes syllables and words attached before or after root words many people persist in inserting hyphens more frequently than necessary
Essentially however hyphens seldom belong in prefixed and suffixed words
Prefixes and root words are almost always combined without hyphens (prepaid nonprofit posttraumatic) Exceptions include when the root word is a proper noun (un-Christian anti-Semitic) or a number (ldquopre-2010 modelsrdquo) or when the first letter of the root word and the prefixrsquos last letter are the same (anti-intellectual co-opt) Repetitions of consonants however (nonnative) are not excepted
Some prefixes like vice unfortunately are used indiscriminately they may be disconnected (ldquovice presidentrdquo) hyphenated (vice-regent) or closed up (viceregal) And then there are antonyms styled at odds with each other such as on-screen and offscreen (Easy solution Reconcile them one way or the other)
Other idiosyncratic instances of hyphenation include ambiguous treatments like re-cover in the sense of ldquoto cover againrdquo rather than ldquoto retrieverdquo mid before a numbered century (ldquomid-twenty-first centuryrdquo or ldquomid-21st centuryrdquo) and non attached to an phrasal adjective (ldquonon-meat-eatingrdquo)
A common error is to refer to very large amounts of money with a phrase like ldquomulti-billion-dollar budgetrdquo or worse ldquomulti-billion dollar budgetrdquo However words prefixed by multi need no hyphen ldquomultibillion-dollar budgetrdquo
The en dash a hyphen on steroids is used when the link must carry more weight when prefixes and suffixes are linked to permanent open compounds to form phrasal adjectives Examples include ldquopostndashCivil War erardquo and ldquohigh schoolndashage driversrdquo
Suffixes are rarely hyphenated either (airborne lifelike nationwide) Some sources suggest hyphenating borne like and wide to a word three or more syllables long but itrsquos not necessary communitywide for example may look cumbersome but itrsquos best to be consistent However words ending in l and most proper nouns retain a hyphen when linked to like and proper nouns linked to wide are always hyphenated
The rise of the information age has made the need for writing clear concise English more important than ever particularly in the travel industry Part 2 in this series of monthly articles extracted from DailyWritingTipscom looks at prefixes
suffixes and the correct hyphenation of prefixesBy Mark Nichol and Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
English Writing Tips
Prefixes and Suffixes
About the Authors Mark Nichol is an English specialist and freelance writer for DailyWritingTipscom
Dr Maeve Maddox PhD is an English specialist and freelance writer In addition to articles for DailyWritingTipscom she writes and publishes simple instructional materials related to beginning reading instruction English usage and traditional literature in English For more information visit wwwmaevemaddoxcom
Hyphenating Prefixes By Dr Maeve Maddox PhD
A reader who works with legal transcription has the following question
There seems to be a trend towards having the prefixes and suffixes separate from the modified noun instead of being attached or hyphenated What is proper Some examples are non negotiable post surgery post doctorate age wise
The examples given present a variety of forms not all of which represent a prefix+noun combination
The prefix non- is added to nouns of action condition or quality with the sense of ldquoabsence lack ofrdquo or simply ldquonotrdquo for example non-Catholic
Non- is affixed to adjectives to make them negative Whether to add a hyphen depends upon whether American or British usage is being observed The OED hyphenates many words that M-W shows written as one word For example M-W gives nonnegotiable but OED has non-negotiable
When it comes to another word in the readerrsquos list however both the OED and M-W agree with postdoctorate although both prefer postdoctoral
The prefix post- means ldquoafterrdquo or ldquobehindrdquo It is added to adjectives without a hyphen postcolonial postsurgical Post can be used on its own as a preposition meaning ldquoafterrdquo ldquoYour mouth will be extremely dry post surgeryrdquo In this context post is a separate word Added to a noun to create a descriptor however post would require a hyphen ldquoPost-surgery care is vitally importantrdquo
The suffix -wise means ldquoin the manner ofrdquo or ldquoas regardsrdquo as in clockwise lengthwise foodwise etc This combining form is never separated from the word itrsquos added to either by a hyphen or by a space It can have other meanings of course For example a person is said to be ldquopound wise but penny foolishrdquo In this context wise is a word that means ldquopossessing wisdomrdquo it is not a suffix
Hyphenation is not an exact science Authorities differ regarding the necessity of a hyphen but Irsquom reasonably sure that all agree that suffixes arenrsquot free agents that can stand apart from the words they belong to
For more information visit wwwdailywritingtipscom
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 2014 19Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
EVENTS
Following the success of the previous three conferences this years conference taking place on the 29th amp 30th October 2014 at the ICC Durban KwaZulu-Natal is aimed at celebrating the successes and achievements of the sports and events tourism industry over the past 20 yearsThe focus has also been expanded to include Arts Culture and Lifestyle events with sport events as part of the Events tourism sector
Conference Fee R350000 excl VAT
REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
HOSPITALITY
Property Review
Airport Industria is not an address which inspires images of lsquoenvironmentally-friendlyrsquo or lsquocarbon neutralrsquo but Hotel
Verde is both these things By Kirsten Bohle
Hotel Verde
Nestled amongst the parking lots of rental car companies and industrial warehouses a stonersquos throw from Cape Town International Airport the self-proclaimed Greenest Hotel in Africa has gone above and beyond to ensure that their operation has no negative impact on their surrounding environment More so the wetlands which serve as the hotel gardens have been restored back to their former glory after years of environmental abuse from the surrounding industries
Every aspect of the hotel which could be lsquogreenedrsquo has been and helpful signs located all around the hotel and in the rooms explain how this has been achieved A Pontos grey water plant sterilises and filters bath water which is pumped back into the hotel to flush toilets The hotel has a 40 000 litre water tank to collect rainwater three wind turbines which generate energy and photovoltaic panels for powering essential hardware LED bulbs light the hotel and a vegetable garden is tended to by the kitchen staff Any other food served in the dining room is sourced and produced locally Their design piece de resistance is a living wall (or vertical garden) separating the lounge from the bar which is not only a calming beauty but also helps to purify the air inside
Environmental Design Award
Tourism Tattler was invited for an over-night stay to celebrate the Hotelrsquos latest and greatest achievement minus a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certificate for new
Cape Town South Africa
construction minus the only hotel in Africa to have qualified for this honour and one of only six worldwide The program recognizes the best-in-class green building practices with platinum being the highest level to reach Hotel Verdersquos status as Africarsquos Greenest Hotel has been firmly cemented
Every Wednesday evening the hotel observes earth hour The lights are switched off and dinner is served in candlelight to the sweet tunes of the resident pianist The kitchen cooks with as little electricity as possible on a Wednesday and we were treated to a potjie buffet and gentle cregraveme brulee for dessert Just after nine the house lights came on assaulting our eyes and after a quick poll the diners unanimously agreed to continue our meals in the glow of candlelight
The owners of the hotel Mario and Annemarie Delicio conceptualised the hotel from the ground up with the help of several dedicated experts including sustainability consultant Andre Harms of Ecolution Consulting He credits his clients for their dedication to the concept which did not come cheap or easy
They were inspired to create an entirely carbon-neutral hotel and conferencing experience catering not only to business travel but also to holiday tourists looking for a convenient base close to both the airport and Cape Townrsquos favourite attractions It is their belief that all hotels should be built in this manner and should strive to be eco-friendly
JULY 201420 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Universally Accessible Hotel Verde offers two rooms that accommodate and meet the international standards of universally accessible design
Outdoor gym Hotel Verde is the first hotel in Africa to showcase power generating gym equipment
Music corner Encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
Superior Facilities and Amenities
Luxury style and convenience have not been compromised in the quest for carbon-neutral The artwork in the hotel is all locally sourced and the rooms boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into The rooms come equipped with minibars flat screen televisions and free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel Guests are also invited to take a dip in the eco-pool or a turn around the jogging trail which winds through the restored wetlands An outdoor gym makes for a fun pit stop on your route while the beehives might make you pick up your pace A gym is also available inside and your workout on the machines will generate power which is pumped back into the hotel Guests are encouraged to utilise this service to earn Verdinos which are rewarded for eco-friendly behaviour and can be redeemed at the twenty four hour deli in the reception area Not using the air conditioner in your room is another way to earn Verdinos as is recycling waste and reusing bath towels
It is the little touches that setrsquos a hotel apart in the eyes of a seasoned traveller the details overlooked by many hotels and guesthouses A unique music corner encourages guests to pick up an instrument and allow their creative juices to flow which is just one way that Hotel Verde demonstrates their excellence in customer care Serving breakfast from 430 am is another welcome news indeed for red-
eye travellers more accustomed to a breakfast of instant coffee and not much else
Hotel Verde ticks all the boxes and then some Comfort style and guest satisfaction appear to be as high a priority to them as ensuring the environmental sustainability of running the 145 room hotel With 7 conference venues accommodating 4-120 delegates Hotel Verde will meet the most deserning PCOs conferencing needs and more
The hotel is very conveniently located and offers a great variety of activities and facilities for their guests all offered with a friendly smile They are currently running several winter specials for both their conference and overnight facilities If you are planning group tours to Cape Town book your clients in now Not only will your clients be pampered they will also be able to brag that they have stayed at Africarsquos greenest hotel
About the Author Tourism Tattler correspondent Kirsten Bohle is a freelance writer and blogger about to embark on a six month trip through South Asia She holds a BA International Studies from Stellenbosch University with majors in Political Science History and Psychology This was followed up by a Post Graduate Diploma in Marketing and Advertising Communications She writes at wwwthejollyjammercoza
JULY 2014 21Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Eco-pool Another first for Hotel Verde the eco-pool is completely harmless to the environment using no harmful chemicals It recreates the natural system of wetlands to clean itself offering a pool that is not only better for the environment but better for guests too
Rooms All boast a contemporary design with large showers and a bed you canrsquot wait to sink into
Jogging Trail The 320 metre long trail meanders through wetland which flourishes with flora and birdlife
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 201422 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
Despite South Africarsquos economy facing headwinds the hospitality sector is poised for further growth in the next five years in the wake of a number of inbound travellers into
the African continent By Lindiwe Magana
Report Review
Further growth expected in Africarsquos hospitality sector
Nikki Forster PwC Leader of Hospitality and Gaming says ldquoAlthough South Africarsquos economy has weakened growth in international travel and tourism and rising room rates have bolstered the hospitality sectorrdquo
PwCrsquos 4th edition of the lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo projects that by the year 2018 the overall occupancy rate across all sectors in South Africa will increase rising to an estimated 584 Total room revenue is expected to reach R287 billion in 2018 a 107 compound annual increase from 2013
ldquoOccupancy rates are expected to increase for hotels over the next five years overtaking guest houses bush lodges and guest farms to again become the leading categoryrdquo says Forster Occupancy rates for hotels are projected to increase from 589 in 2013 to 711 in 2018
The report features information about hotel accommodation in South Africa Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya Accommodation sectors in South Africa consist of hotels guest houses and guest farms game lodges caravan sites camping sites and other overnight accommodation For the first time the report includes a detailed analysis of the cruise industry in South Africa
ldquoOne of the most significant developments in 2013 in the South African hospitality industry was the rise in average room rates which increased 84 well above the 59 rate of inflationrdquo says Forster
Despite the recent economic uncertainty the total number of foreign overnight visitors to South Africa rose 39 in 2013 down from the 102 increase in 2012 but still reflecting continued growth in foreign travel to South Africa Foreign travel to South Africa was boosted in early 2013 by the African Cup of Nations football tournament and in December following the death of the late President Nelson Mandela which led to an increase in the number of visitors to Robben Island where he spent many years in jail
The continued depreciation of the Rand is also credited with contributing to the growth in foreign tourism by making South Africa a less expensive country to visitrdquo adds Forster South Africans are also tightening their belts when it comes to luxury holidays abroad and turning to local travel as an alternative The total number of travellers in South Africa is projected to reach 176 million
Hotel accommodation
In 2013 overall spending on rooms in South Africa in all categories rose 14 to R173 billion reflecting an increase in stay unit nights and an 84 rise in the average room rate The pick-up in hotel occupancy rates has stimulated new activity in the industry with a number of major hotel chains in the process of upgrading facilities renovating their properties or making plans to open new hotels The report estimates that by 2018 there will be about 63 600 hotel rooms available up from 60 900 in 2013
Elsewhere Nigeriarsquos economy is booming buoyed in part by regional and international investment Hotel room revenue rose 59 between 2009 and 2013 Conversely hotel room revenue in Mauritius decreased by 87 in 2013 but is projected to grow at 46 compounded annually to 2018 Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years largely due to terrorist concerns
Outlook South Africa 2014-2018
Overall room capacity is projected to increase at a 13 compound annual rate to 123 400 in 2018 from 115 700 in 2013 Guest houses are expected to be the fastest-growing category in respect of the availability of rooms averaging 37 compounded annually with slower growth in other areas Stay unit nights for hotels rose 48 in 2013 whereas guest houses and guest farms fell 45 The overall occupancy rate across all sectors rose to 526 in 2013 Although guest houses guest farms had the highest occupancy rate at 605 it was the only category to show a decline in 2013 having posted an occupancy rate of 653 in 2012
Hotels accounted for 71 of total accommodation revenue in 2013 and this share is expected to rise to 73 by 2018
Outlook Nigeria Mauritius and Kenya 2014-2018
Nigerias hotel market grew 9 in 2013 which was the smallest gain since 2010Stay unit nights increased 63 in 2013 and have grown faster than room availability over the past three years Average room rates have grown slowly in the last two years rising by only 25 in 2013 The number of hotel rooms is expected to triple
minus PwC 4th edition lsquoHospitality Outlook 2014-2018rsquo minus
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 2014 23Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
HOSPITALITY
during the next five years rising from 8 400 in 2013 to 24 000 in 2018 Overall hotel room revenue is also anticipated to expand at a 226 compound annual rate to $11 billion (R121 billion) in 2018 from $413 million (R44 billion) in 2013
Mauritius competes with the Maldives Sri Lanka and the Seychelles for the tropical tourist market The average hotel room in Mauritius costs euro170 (R2 492) 27 times higher than average rates in South Africa and 28 higher than South Africarsquos average five-star room rate Due to the number of renovations and projects taking place in the industry the number of available hotel rooms is expected to increase at a 29 compound annual rate to 14 250 in 2018 The average occupancy rate will edge down from 633 in 2013 to 615 in 2018
Kenyarsquos hotel market declined during the past two years falling 66 in 2012 and an additional 26 in 2013 Concerns about terrorism led several countries including the US and the UK to issue travel alerts that discouraged people from visiting Kenya The number of available rooms in Kenya is however projected to increase from 17 500 in 2013 to 19 400 in 2018 with an increase in the average room rate from $155 (R1 641) in 2013 to $163 (R1 726) in 2018 Total room revenue is expected to expand by 25 compounded annually rising to $668 million (R71 billion) in 2018 from $589 million (R62 billion) in 2013
Cruise industry in South Africa
The cruise industry in South Africa consists of spending by South Africans on cruises originating or departing from South Africa Currently the industry is not seen as a direct competitor for the mainstream hospitality industry The number of cruise passengers from South Africa totalled only 153 000 for the entire 201314 season compared with 131 million stay unit nights for hotels in South Africa in 2013
Durban is the leading cruise port in South Africa accounting for about 70 of cruise passengers Cape Town is the next largest The average cruise cost R13 365 in the 201314 season comparable to the cost of a week at a five-star hotel in Cape Town Cruise prices
locally are nearly 30 less than the global average of R18 525 in part reflecting the popularity of shorter and less expensive cruises to local destinations and also lower incomes in South Africa
The number of cruise passengers is projected to increase to 186 000 in 20189 Although the number of passengers is expected to decline in 201415 the occupancy rate is projected to increase to 852 from 746 in 201314 as supply will fall faster than demand Passenger capacity is affected by the number of ships serving the market the size of the ship and the number of cruises per season Another factor affecting capacity is the quality of the cruise terminals Transnet National Ports Authority is in the process of soliciting and evaluating for new cruise terminals in Durban and Cape Town
ldquoThe construction of world-class terminals will improve boarding which will enhance the cruise experience and encourage cruise lines to increase the number of cruises they offer in South Africardquo adds Forster
Total cruise revenue is expected to increase by a projected 94 compounded annually rising to R32 billion in 201819 from R2 billion in 201314
Looking ahead
Foster concludes ldquoTourism is considered to be a key element in South Africarsquos economy and is recognised in the National Development Plan as an important driver of economic and employment growth
ldquoGrowth in travel and tourism is expected to fuel growth in the accommodation industry across the African continent during the next five yearsrdquo
For more information on the PwC Hospitality Outlook visit wwwpwccozahospitality-and-leisure
About PwC PwC firms help organisations and individuals create the value theyrsquore looking for Wersquore a network of firms in 157 countries with more than 184000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance tax and advisory services For more information visit wwwpwccom
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
minus PART 2 minus
SOUL
How To Read A Wine LabelThis may seem to be quite simple however the more you learn about wine the more your will appreciate that the information on the label is actually very useful Much of the information that we find on a wine label is required by law and relates to clearly identifying where a wine comes from and what is actually inside the bottle
1 EstateFarm Identification If all the wine in the bottle is grown and bottled on a farm then it can be called an Estate wine Otherwise the wine is usually known as a brand name or by its varietal name only
2 The name of the cultivar and wine range Pinotage is the name of the cultivar (type of grape) and Rhinofields is the range of wines Many wine brands have a number of ranges which are usually identified by price or by a specific type of winemaking method eg Unfiltered or Single Vineyard
3 The Vintage Defines the year in which the grapes were harvested eg 2013 means that ALL wine inside the bottle MUST be from 2013
4 Wine of Origin Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
5 Alcohol content Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by volume
6 Producers Seal Code This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the bottle itself See wwwsawiscoza for more information on the ldquosustainability sealrdquo
7 Bottle size 750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
8 Warnings In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are mandatory and must be printed on the label
In Part 1 of this series Belinda McLaughlin started at the beginning minus with six essential factors in wine making and cultivars (the types of grape) In Part 2 we delve deeper into the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
STYLES OF WINEIn the previous article we discovered cultivars (the different types of grapes) and some of the most popular ones When reading the wine label it will give the name of a cultivar eg Shiraz or there will be a brand name of a wine If a cultivar is denoted then at least 85 of the bottle contents must be made up of that cultivar
Styles of Red Wine
In many instances the winemakers may choose to blend a wine rather than stick to one cultivar This is known as a blend and must be stated somewhere on the label Common red blends include Bordeaux blends using wines commonly found in this region of France (Cabernet Sauvignon Merlot Petit Verdot Malbec and Cabernet Franc) Rhone blends using cultivars found in the Rhone region of France (ShirazSyrah Mourvedre Rousanne Grenache Viognier) and our own Cape Blend which has to contain at least 50 Pinotage in the blend
Styles of White Winebull Low Alcohol
bull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
WINE MAKINGWine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
GRAPE
SOUL
GRAPEof the
JULY 201424 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Explains from which delineated wine region the wine comes eg Stellenbosch Paarl Robertson
Stipulates what percentage of the bottle content is made up of alcohol The higher the alcohol percentage the ldquostrongerrdquo the wine Table wine in South Africa is not usually more than 15 alcohol by
This is a legal requirement which allows consumers and the authorities (if need be) to trace the wine back to the producer South Africa is the only country in the world that has this traceability on the
for more information
750ml for example stipulates the total volume of liquid in the bottle and is a legal requirement
In South Africa as in many countries around the world consumer warnings are
bull Low Alcoholbull Premier Grand Cru ndash dry white blendbull Stein ndash a semi-sweet blendbull Late Harvest ndash sweet winebull Special Late Harvest a lighter dessert style winebull Noble Late Harvest ndash a rich and full bodied sweet wine usually made as a dessert wine
Styles of Rose and Blanc de Noir Winesbull Sweet Roseacute ndash a blend of sweet white wine with a dash of red to give it the colourbull Dry Roseacute ndash red wine left on the skins for a short time to draw the colourbull Blanc De Noir ndash white wine from red grapes minimum contact with the skin
Wine making is a very complicated business which is best left to the professionals But a brief outline will throw
some light on the process grapes go through before becoming available to wine drinking consumers This
process will vary as each wine maker has his or her
How To Read A Wine Label
the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture the wine knowledge bank with Labels Styles and Viticulture
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 2014 25Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
own methods experience and knowledge This is what makes the end product so fascinating and unique
I have been lucky enough to spend many hours with wine makers and viticulturists during my 16 years of being in the trade Delheimrsquos Spatz Sperling Marc Kent from Boekenhoutrsquos Kloof Guy Webber from Stellenzicht Martin Moore from Durbanville Hills and many more have spent hours with me in the vineyards and cellars Heres what Ive learned along my path between the vines
WHITE WINE MAKINGHealthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed Sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation (in South Africa there is a minimum and maximum amount of sulphur allowed and all South African wines contain sulphur as it is a natural bi-product of grapes but some winemakers choose to not add additional sulphur in order to make a more natural wine)
The juice is separated from the skins and stalks (Chardonnay and Sauvignon Blanc are sometimes left on the skins for 3 to 4 hours which helps with flavour and colour) The juice then remains in settling tanks for about 24 hours where the temperature is controlled at about 14 to16 degrees celsius to prevent fermentation from occuring too fast
The clear grape juice known as must is fermented for about 14 days depending on conditions Pure yeast culture is added and the tanks are kept at 12 degrees celsius (yeast fermentation produces heat so the juice must be kept cool) Fermentation stops earlier for sweet wine Dry wine occurs when no residual sugar is left Two or three rackings (transfer from one tank to another to get rid of the sediment or lees) are done until the juice is clear At this stage blending is done and if barrel ferementation in a Chardonnay or Sauvignon Blanc is chosen it would happen now
Stabilising and fining is then done to complete the winemaking process Wine is fined with proteins and chilled to 3 degrees for about eight days This process rids the wine of suspended particles ensuring that nothing goes wrong with the wine in the bottle The next step is filtration to make wine clear Unfiltered wine is popular overseas and we have a Fleur Du Cap Unfiltered range here in South Africa Finally bottling and labelling is done minus then off to market
RED WINE MAKINGOnly healthy fresh grapes are picked de-stalked and crushed As with white wine sulphur dioxide is added to prevent oxidisation Fermentation occurs at around 25 degrees celsius and the grapes are left on the skin for three to five days (sometimes longer) The colour of red wine is extracted from the pigmentation in the skin of the grape as well as tannins (a natural preservative present in the skins) Pure yeast is then added the skins are removed and fermentation continues for approximately ten days By this stage no residual sugar is left and dry red wine is created Two or three rackings are then done and the wine is drawn off the lees until clear Maturation then occurs either in oak barrels for two to three years or in stainless steel tanks if the wine doesnrsquot need to have oak contact
HOSPITALITY
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 201426 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
COMPETITION
DURBANVILLE HILLSWin
The Cape Legends Wine Club allows you to buy South African wine online straight from the website at wwwcapelegendscoza Choose from an extensive portfolio of wine brands and learn about each one
of them and what sets them apart
Rhinofields Pinotage
a case of
ABOUT RHINOFIELDS PINOTAGE This reserve range named after the indigenous Renosterveld of the area is cleverly produced by combining no more than two to three vineyard blocks These are often from opposite hillsides allowing combinations of fruit from different mesoclimates creating great depth and character Colour Dark ruby with a deep purple tinge Nose Concentrated blackcurrant aromas with layers of cassis cherry and sweet
wood spice Taste A rich and velvety character backed by silky tanninsFor more information visit wwwdurbanvillehillscoza
MASH FERMENTATION AND AROMASThe juice and skins are conveyed through pipes to the mash cooler and then into fermentation tanks which have been blanketed with CO2 (its very important to keep the fruit as cold as possible to prevent early fermentation and to retain many of the volatile fruit aromas especially in Cape summers where the temperatures and hot winds can soar) This process in the stainless steel tank is called skin contact or pre-fermentation cold maceration So hows that for a bit of trivial info
KEEPING COOLThe crushed grapes are kept cool overnight Skins float to the top and the juice is extracted from the tank through an outlet pipe The skins can then be pressed to obtain more juice
BLENDINGAll this juice is then pumped into a tank and left to settle for about 24 ndash 72 hours The clear juice is racked off to another tank At this point the yeast is added and the juice is left to ferment for about 10 days The wine is then protein stabilised and filtered Blending now occurs This particular wine will be bottled about 4 to 5 months after it has been harvested Mobile bottlers are used by the majority of small farms After being bottled for 2 to 3 months the wine will be released for distribution to retailers and consumers
NEW STYLE WINENew style wines spend a much shorter time in oak barrels creating a fresher and less complex style Many wine bottles are nowadays sealed with screw caps which many winemakers believe preserves the winersquos freshness Both styles of winemaking are leading to a simpler and often fresher cleaner wine expression that many younger wine drinkers enjoy
In the next edition of Tourism Tattler we will explore wine tasting and enjoying wine with food (wine pairing) Please feel free to email me if you have any questions at bhmclaughlincapelegendscoza
IMPILO ENDE (meaning LIVE LONG in Zulu)
About the Author Belinda McLaughlin is the Brand Ambassador for Cape Legends For more information visit wwwcapelegendscoza
Enter online atwwwtourismtattlercomp=13454
and answer this questionand answer this questionWhat is the Cape Legends Wine Club
WINNER OF THE JUNE WINE COMPETITION
CONGRATULATIONS to Richard Mauchle of Rosebank Lodge Guesthouse
Richard won a mixed case of LE BONHEUR wine by entering our June competition with the compliments of Cape Legends
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 2014 27Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Today tourists are less trusting of what tourism operators and airlines say about themselves than they are about what others are saying about them Your guests recommendations hold four times as much weight as your advertisements do ndash look at the impact of Trip Advisor In a recent survey 77 of those planning a holiday will usually or always reference TripAdvisor reviews before selecting a hotel 50 of diners will refer to reviews before selecting a restaurant And 44 of people planning to visit an attraction referenced the review site
Your brand is derived from who you are who you want to be and who people perceive you to be It isnrsquot created by marketing alone every employee has a role to play
Deirdre Elhphick-Moore of The Office Coach comments saying ldquoTo build a strong brand you need brand ambassadors employees who are thoroughly engaged connected and committed employees who speak enthusiastically and positively about the business they work in and who promote the business at every opportunityrdquoSo how do you create brand ambassadors
Corporate branding
Your team can only deliver on the corporate brand promise if they are clear about what it is As a leader you must educate your team on what the brand is and how it can be promoted Elphick-Moore speaks from experience ldquoI recently facilitated a workshop where the Managing Director reminded his team of the origins and meaning of their company logo and slogan how it underpinned everything that they did and established the culture of their business Donrsquot forget the importance of fundamentals like thisrdquo You should also look beyond this to all areas where visitors interface with you all external correspondence should carry the same company logo and all correspondence should follow standardised templates
Be a role model
Building brand ambassadors begins with the people around you whether they are co-workers guests or maintenance staff they need to feel comfortable and appreciated Elphick-Moore comments saying ldquoIt requires you to be passionate about your job and that
Create Brand AmbassadorsA strong brand is important to every organisation ndash especially tourism Simply put your brand is your promise to your
customer It tells them what they can expect and it differentiates the holiday experience you offer from your competitorsBy Kimberley Clare Nanson
HOW TO MARKETING
you portray your role positively As an ambassador you need to understand all aspects of your services and speak passionately about your company and share your belief with others Once you are comfortable delivering on these coach your team so that they can be competent too Start with your managers or most guest-facing employees and monitor their progress to ensure that the right brand message is being consistently deliveredrdquo
Connect the personal and the corporate
Herersquos one of the most common and damaging branding misconceptions the personal and corporate brand compete Nothing could be further from the truth Think of Richard Branson and the Virgin brand they are synonymous
The most successful companies help employees understand their personal brands capitalising on the integration of individual traits with the broader corporate objectives Itrsquos called applied personal branding and itrsquos a powerful strategy based on personal plus corporate not personal vs corporate How many guests return because of the rapport they have with you or a member of your team
When employees are clear about who they are and what makes them exceptional and they understand the corporate brand objectives they can apply their unique skills and expertise to bring corporate goals to life
Even if yoursquore not a leader in your company but are passionate about engagement and building brand ambassadors you have a role to play Take on the branding task for your team Let your manager know you want to lead a branding initiative This highly visible role gives you the opportunity to move outside the normal hierarchy grow your brand and take on a role that is critical to the success of your company
For more information visit wwwtheofficecoachcoza
About the Author Kimberley Clare Nanson is a consultant for Port Elizabeth based Sapphire Street PR consultancy wwwsapphirestreetcom
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 201428 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
LEGAL
CHECK RELEVANT INDUSTRY CODE OF CONDUCT ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires you to comply with either and will be publishing guidelines
MANUAL in terms of PAIA (Promotion of Access to Information Act 022000) ndash It is a statutory requirement that ALL businesses have prepared and submitted such a manual ndash if you have done so you may already have addressed many of the POPI requirements If you have not done so you are BREAKING the LAW Do so as soon as possible and kill two birds with one stone
INFORMATION AND SECURITY POLICY ndash RICA (Regulation of Interception of Communications and Provision of Communications Related Information Act 1222003) requires that eg you can only intercept employee e-mails if you have their written consent ndash it must be included in an addendum to their employment contract ndash if you have not done so make this a priority and include it as part of the policy required in terms of POPI ndash again two birds with one stone
APPOINT INFORMATION OFFICER ndash the POPI requires you to appoint such a person ndash again there are many other statutes that require you to have a lsquocompliance officerrsquo ndash again two birds with one stone
You should INSTITUTE A PROCESS FOR AND AUDIT TRAIL OFbull REFUSALCONSENT RE COLLECTION OF Personal Information (lsquoPIrsquo)bull COMPLAINTS HANDLING again the Consumer Protection Act
(lsquothe CPA) requires you to have this so yet again two birds with one stone
bull REQUESTS FOR AMENDMENT ANDOR DELETION OF PI the POPI requires you to have such a system in place and to train your staff
bull THIRD PARTIES TO WHOM PI IS DISCLOSED ndash all contracts with such parties must be vetted for compliance
Disclaimer This article is intended to provide a brief overview of legal matters pertaining to the travel and tourism industry and is not intended as legal advice copy Adv Louis Nel Louis The Lawyer July 2014
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds with one stone
OPERATORS ndashbull The POPI requires that they must comply with the POPI or their
national legislationbull So make a list of these parties check contracts and compliance
especially cross-border (including applicable laws)
CHECK ALL CONTRACTS REUSE OF THE WORD lsquoCONSENTrsquo ndash it appears 6 (six) times in the POPI and can therefore make your life much easier
CHECK ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ndash This applies to HARD COPY (including a mere reference there to) and WEBSITE
REGULARLY CHECKREVIEW ALL OF ABOVE = DO AN ANNUAL AUDIT (contact me if you need assistance with this)
ALIGN ABOVE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
TRAIN CLIENTS AND THEIR STAFF
SOCIAL MEDIA ndash if used make 100 sure of POPI compliance and check the Terms and Conditions of each platform
ndash PART 14 ndash
WHAT BUSINESSES SHOULD DO
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
ANDOR DO OWN ndash the Protection Of Personal Information Act (POPI) requires
AUDIT CURRENT SYSTEMS DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR COMPLIANCE ndash this is also a CPA requirements SO again two birds
The NEWlsquoPOPIrsquo aka
O F P E R S O N A LINFORMATION ACT
P R O T E C T I O N
Parts 1 to 13 in this series can be read in back issues of the Tourism Tattler (see page 03 for PDF download links)
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 2014 29Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
NICHE TOURISM
Some motivated by altruism some for more selfish reasons but whichever the growth in scope and mode of lsquovoluntourismrsquo gathers apace and is having significant global impact Theoretically volunteer tourism is a win-win a sustainable means to positive change in host communities and enlightening personal experience for the volunteer
Job done
Not so easy Many snags have become evident in the industry for-profit unethical operators lsquogreenwashingrsquo the unsuspecting public skills gap between volunteer and host community needs poor management of volunteer expectation cheap labour or means to emancipation Religious intolerance and ldquoneo-colonialrdquo attitudes All giving great potential to damage rather than improve cultural understanding environments and indeed lives of host community members as intended So how can the pitfalls be avoided This article in Journal of Sustainable Tourism discusses volunteer tourism as a research area and how best to move forward and keep it sustainable for all
Abuse and mismanagement of this socially responsible industry has given call for more regulation and monitoring Could volunteers be better prepared pre-trip How better matched to organisations and communities Should volunteers be systematically debriefed to minimise future negativity Could social media be a channel for information transfer A TripAdvisor for voluntourism In any case research is proving that frameworks are needed to assess the impacts of volunteer tourism Development of the ldquoInternational Voluntourism Guidelines for Commercial Tour Operatorsrdquo has been an important first step the author now stresses the need for an inexpensive and efficient means of ldquomeasuring a small but important group of indicators that are most useful and important to the success and sustainability of volunteer tourismrdquo By joining the forces of
Keeping it sustainableIn the last few decades volunteer tourism has become a
phenomenon up to 10 million participating and generating up to pound13 billion revenues in a year
By Nancy Gard McGehee
About Taylor amp Francis Group Taylor amp Francis Group partners with researchers scholarly societies universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life As one of the worldrsquos leading publishers of scholarly journals books ebooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities Social Sciences Behavioural Sciences Science and Technology and Medicine From a network of offices in Oxford New York Philadelphia Boca Raton Boston Melbourne Singapore Beijing Tokyo Stockholm New Delhi and Johannesburg Taylor amp Francis staff provide local expertise and support to their editors societies and authors and tailored efficient customer service to their library colleagues
operators communities and volunteers the industry could realise the full potential to improve international development in a supremely sustainable way
Abstract
This paper reviews the 30-year evolution of volunteer tourism as phenomenon industry and research area charting changes in the size breadth definition and the perceived positive and negative contributions of the volunteer tourism industry
Discussion then moves on to how research in volunteer tourism has reflected those changes Studies have focused on the transition from decommodified to commodified volunteer tourism participant motivation including the altruism versus self-development discussion and the paucity of a unified and cohesive theoretical foundation in volunteer tourism Fresh debates are now emerging that center upon the potential interface of technology and volunteer tourism including crowd-sourcing for funding smart phone apps and GIS the importance of monitoring and maintaining quality volunteer tourism experiences through certification andor other indicators and the role of religion and spirituality in volunteer tourism
These issues and others including the role of transformative learning are addressed in the papers chosen for this special issue on volunteer tourism which are reviewed here The papers conclusions include specific recommendations for greater cooperation between researchers and industry to create a more sustainable industry minimising its negative impacts while maximising its potential influence for positive social change and perhaps becoming the ultimate sustainable form of tourism
Read the full article online at wwwtandfonlinecomdoifull101080096695822014907299
The Journal of Sustainable Tourism The Journal advances critical understanding of the relationships between tourism and sustainable development The journal publishes theoretical conceptual and empirical research that explores one or more of the economic social cultural political organisational or environmental aspects of the subject Contributions are from all disciplinary perspectives with inter-disciplinary work being especially welcome Holistic and integrative work is encouraged All geographical areas are included as are all forms of tourism both mass and niche market
Voluntourism
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 201430 Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
Understanding
In this months edition of Tourism Tattler I will discuss a few common problems that people often experience with their
photographs and provide solutions to overcome theseBy Peter Wickham
FOCUSLIGHTING amp
BACKGROUND
PHOTOGRAPHY
Image not sharpMore than likely the camera was hand-held and the shutter speed insufficient resulting in camera shake to manifest as a blurred photo Any movement that occurs while the shutter is open will manifest as blur This is not always a bad thing as sometimes movement in a photo adds to the feeling of speed It also needs to be understood that the longer the focal length of the lens the more shake will be evident and the higher that the shutter speed needs to be to nullify the amount of movement This is easily understood when one takes two objects of unequal length in the same hand minus you will notice that even a small movement of the hand will manifest as a bigger movement in the longer object This demonstrates the lever principle at work here If possible the use of a tripod will stabilise the camera in situations where the shutter speed is too slow I encourage the use of a formula to prevent camera shake blur if you are forced to hand-hold your camera ndash the shutter speed should be equal to or greater than the focal length of the lens multiplied by the crop factor of the camera ie if I am using a 100mm lens on a 16 crop factor camera then my shutter speed should be equal to or faster than 1160 sec
Subject of the photo is a silhouette or too dark to distinguish features whilst the area to the sides and behind are well exposedThis problem usually occurs when the subject is not illuminated at the same intensity of light as is evident in the background and the metering mode used is Evaluative or Matrix (name will depend on the make of camera used) The metering mentioned is usually default metering when the camera is set to automatic The solution is rather simple set the camera to MANUAL metering to spot or partial move close to your subject or meter a similar tone to the subject Once you have completed the metering process step back and take the pic If the technicalrsquos are too much effort set the camera to ldquoPrdquo mode ndash move close to the subject so that no background is in the frame ndash pay attention to the settings visible in the view finder remember them and then change to manual mode and use those same settings
Image too dark ndash under-exposed or too light ndash over-exposedMore light is required to be captured by the camera so it requires a slower shutter speed wider aperture or higher ISO The first two will allow more light to enter the camera whilst the latter will make the sensor more receptive to the light being let into the camera The converse will be true for over-exposed images which are too light and therefore would require a smaller aperture faster shutter speed or lower ISO
About the AuthorPeter Wickham is a professional photographer with over thirty years of experience When not on assignment for hospitality and travel projects Peter teaches photography on a one-on-one basis or to small groups
Tel +27 (0)79 670 7356Email infoproimpactcozaWebsite wwwproimpactcozaFacebook Pro impact productions
Backgrounds too busy or distractingIf possible try a different shooting angle to eliminate the problem background Understand that very often busy backgrounds can be solved by lowering your own angle of shooting An example of this is ugly tangled vegetation behind the subject ndash lowering your shooting angle may then replace the background with the sky Should this not be possible try to reduce the depth of field by opening the aperture as wide as possible Should the offensive background be at sufficient distance from your subject a shallow depth of field will render it blurred and possibly create beauty to the shot by adding a circular bokeh to the shot (bokeh is a Japanese word for out-of-focus and in international terms refers to circular out-of-focus highlights) Paying attention to the background is important As the saying in photographic circles goes ldquoLook after the background and the image will look after itselfrdquo
Image is sharp in the wrong parts and the subject is blurredSet a single focus point so that your camera does not get the opportunity of focussing on the incorrect part of what you have framed up All cameras will only focus on one point so setting all the focus points on the camera settings will not make the camera focus on many different points but will allow it to make a choice on what it believes you are taking a picture of I personally would not like a machine to make this choice for meIn closing please direct any questions you may have to me via email or simply post a comment beneath any one of my articles on the Tourism Tattler website and I will provide answers to your questions in future articles
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
JULY 2014 31Tourism Tattler Trade Journal
RISK
The good news is that there are only three ways to mitigate risk
bull Remove Risk Very simply ndash donrsquot play this game Find another profession to pursue
bull Manage Risk This is about YOU and what you do within your organisation to limit the exposure of your guests and indeed your business to potential hazards
bull Transfer Risk This involves transferring the risk to a third party ndash traditionally insurers Thankfully we now have more options out there when it comes to risk transfer including bespoke insurance products on the asset and liability side specialist brokers to advise you along these lines and tourism specific Critical Incident Management teams to take over the management of incidents
It is important to use a combination of 2 and 3 In order to manage or transfer risk we need to understand what the risk is and where the GAPS are
The Gaprsquos (= areas of potential exposure)
I have identified three common areas where tourism operators are exposedA BUILDING OWNERSHIP ndash how you and your TEAM manage the
risk B THE FINE PRINT ndash lack of specialist advice wording regarding
your chosen policy C INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ndash your ability to determine best
outcomes in the event of an incident
In this edition we look at the first common area of exposure
A BUILDING OWNERSHIP
Responsible business practice means managing risk not just living with it It is not up to your association the government insurer ndash itrsquos up to YOU and your staff It cannot be done by an individual but needs to be part of a culture within your business that everyone embraces
Who is actually going to mitigate risk in your operation You Your staff The driver Who is going to ensure the bus is 100 roadworthy or that the driver is fresh and alert Who is going to test the equipment on a daily basis Itrsquos unlikely to be only you ndash itrsquos your team and every one of them is as important as the next
To cover all in this section would take days as there really is a lot you can do on the ground We need to assume that in the building of your business you have followed local legislation building standards
The Importance of Building a Culture of
OwnershipIn this three part series I may well be preaching to the converted as those involved in the tourism industry are far more in tune to risk management due to the very nature of their product or service In saying that there are some hidden nastyrsquos that I would like to highlight in Part 1 so together we
can create a culture of ownership when it comes to risk By Andreacute du Toit
About the Author Andre du Toit is the Sales and Marketing Director at SATIB Insurance Brokers a registered financial services provider with offices through South Africa and in Botswana Mozambique Namibia Zambia and Zimbabwe
For more information visit wwwsatibcom
occupational health and safety guidelines guiding regulations and the law of the land Whatrsquos left is the maintenance and understanding your specific operating environment and its accompanying hazards and implementing risk improvements to mitigate exposure ndash after that you insure for catastrophic events
All staff members need to buy into risk management for their own safety and that of your guests
Countless safety measures can be taken to ensure a safer environment for all No doubt you are practising many already Remember that is it not necessarily one form of compliance one specific act sign or orientation chat that prevents an incident but rather a combination of all Do not believe for one second that you can comply with licensing requirements have an indemnity form signed and forget the rest
THE BIG 5 IN PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ARE
1 INDUCTION OF STAFF Not enough properties do it The more familiar the staff are with their environment and accompanying hazards the less likely they are to make an error and the better they will be able to assist in the event of an incident You will have more eyes on the ground to identify and mitigate risk
2 GUEST ORIENTATION AND INDEMNITIES Awareness is the first step in mitigating risk let visitors know about the environment you are taking them into and what assistance services you provide They themselves will be able to avoid hazards they encounter in many instances
3 CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES Make sure all guides drivers instructors are compliant and that regular appraisals are done They must be aware of the inherent risks they are introducing clients to and not get blaze about their surroundings
4 DEVELOP A RISK AWARENES No one knows the business and its hazards better than your staff and your peers as they live it daily Sharing of learned experiences and relentless innovation are important to preserve this niche Factors that need to be considered when building capacity and safety performance arebull Locationbull No of guestsbull Nature of the activities performedbull Presence of potentially dangerous game or natural featuresbull Type of injuries that are likely to occur at a workplacebull Number and capacity of staff bull Other available resources
5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SIGNS AND NUMBERS The emergency signs and notices enable staff and guests to act quickly getting guests and staff out of the area as quickly as possible They are also important in informing guests and visitors of potential dangers These can be subtly introduced in your environment without taking from the design or style of a place
I believe ownership this is the most effective form of transferring risk within the tourism industry It is something that you can do now that you can control and that will ensure your business is here tomorrow
In the next issue of Tattler we will discuss the importance of Specialist Cover and understanding the ldquofine printrdquo
Managing Risk minus PART 1 minus
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade
OG
ILVY
CA
PE T
OW
N 6
7466
GRA
N
67466-Anyone can save a life- 216x279indd 1 20140530 234 PM
Advertisement sponsored courtesy of Ogilvy amp Mather Tourism Tattler as a service to the travel trade